Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

Grade 7 Term 3 Rationalized Schemes of Work.

Download Free Grade 7 Term 3 Rationalized Schemes of Work:

GRADE 7 TERM 3 AGRICULTURE AND NUTRITION SCHEMES OF WORK.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 ENGLISH SCHEMES OF WORK.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 SOCIAL SCHEMES OF WORK.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 AGRICULTURE SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 CRE SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 CREATIVE ARTS AND SPORTS SCHEMES OF WORK.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 CREATIVE SCHEMES b.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 ENGLISH SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 INTEGRATED SCIENCE SCHEMES (2).docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 INTERGRATED SCIENCE SCHEMES OF WORK..docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 INTERGRATED SCIENCE SCHEMES OF WORK.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 KISWAHILI SCHEMES-1.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 PRETECHNICAL SCHEMES OF WORK.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 PRETECHNICAL SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 RELIGIOUS EDUCATION SCHEMES OF WORK.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 SOCIAL STUDIES SCHEMES OF WORK.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 3 SOCIAL STUDIES SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 7TERM 3 KISWAHILI SCHEMES OF WORK.docx

FORM 1 AGRICULTURE LESSON NOTES- EDITABLE

INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE

The term agriculture comes from two Latin words:

Ager: meaning land or field

Cultura: meaning cultivation

Agriculture means field cultivation. But agriculture has continued to grow and expand that it can now be broadly be defined as:

The art and science of crop and animal production

Agriculture as an art

Agriculture is referred to as an art because it involves the following:

  • Tilling of land
  • Construction of farm structures
  • Measuring of distances
  • Machine operations
  • Harvesting of crops
  • Feeding and handling of livestock
  • Marketing of agricultural produce

Agriculture as a science

Agriculture is referred to as a science because it involves the following:

  • Crop pathology: study of crop diseases
  • Entomology: study of insects and their control
  • Soil science:
  • Genetics: plant and breeding
  • Agricultural engineering

Branches of agriculture

  1. Crop production
  2. Livestock production
  3. Soil science
  4. Agricultural economics
  5. Agricultural engineering
  6. Crop production

This is the production of crop on cultivated land.

Crop production is divided into:

  1. a) Field crops

These are crops grown on fairly large area of land. May be annual or perennial crops.

  1. b) Horticultural crops

The growing of perishable crops. It involves the following:

  1. i) Floriculture: growing of flowers
  2. ii) Olericulture: growing of vegetables
  3. ii) Pomoculture: growing of fruits
  4. Livestock production

This is the rearing of all types of animals. It involves:

  1. a) Pastoralism (mammalian livestock farming)

Rearing of farm animals on pastures eg cattle, goats, sheep etc

  1. b) Aquaculture

Rearing of aquatic animals eg fish farming (pisciculture)

  1. c) Apiculture: keeping of bees
  2. d) Aviculture: keeping of poultry
  3. Soil science

This is a branch of agriculture that provides knowledge how soil is formed, how it works to sustain life and how it can be kept alive through many years

  1. Agricultural economics

This branch deals with the utilization of scarce resources in the production of agricultural products.

  1. Agricultural engineering

This branch deals with the use and maintenance of farm tools, machinery and structures.

Roles of agriculture in the economy

  • Provision of food
  • Source of employment
  • Provision of foreign exchange
  • Source of raw materials to the industries
  • Provision of market for industrial goods
  • Source of money or capital

 

 

FARMING SYSTEMS

This is how the farm and all the enterprises in it are organized. There are two main farming systems namely:

  1. Extensive system
  2. Intensive system
  3. Extensive farming system

This is a farming system which involves the use of large tracts of land. Its characterized by:

  • Low capital investment
  • Low labour per unit area
  • Low yield per unit area
  1. Intensive farming system

This is a system of farming which requires high capital and labour investment. Its characterized by:

  • High yield per unit area
  • Use of modern technology
  • High labour per unit area
  • High capital investment

N/B: Extensive and intensive farming systems can be practiced under:

  1. a) Large scale farming
  2. b) Small scale farming
  3. a) Large scale farming

This involves the use of large tracts of land. Its features include:

  • Heavy capital investment
  • Use of skilled labour
  • High level of management
  • Products are for commercial purposes
  • Large tracts of land is used

Large scale farming can either be:

  1. i) Plantation farming: growing of one type of crop (monoculture)
  2. ii) Ranching: rearing of beef animals
  3. b) Small scale farming

This is a type of farming which is practiced on small piece of land. The products are either for subsistence or commercial purposes.

 

Methods of farming

  1. Pastoralism
  2. Arable farming
  3. Mixed farming
  4. Shifting cultivation
  5. Organic farming
  6. Agro forestry
  7. Pastoralism

This is the practice of rearing livestock on natural pasture can be:

  1. Settled livestock farming
  2. Nomadic Pastoralism
  3. a) Nomadic Pastoralism

This is the practice of rearing livestock and moving with them from place to place in search of water and green pasture. Nomadic Pastoralism can only be practiced where:

  • Land is not a limiting factor
  • Land is community owned

 

  1. Arable farming

This is the growing of crops on a cultivated land: can be,

  1. Mono cropping
  2. Mono culture
  3. Mixed cropping
  4. Inter cropping
  5. a) Mono cropping

This is the growing of one type of crop per season. Its disadvantages include:

  • Cause soil erosion
  • Diseases spread easily
  • If the crop fails, the farmer suffers total loss
  • Leads to nutrient depletion in the soil

N/B: Mono cropping can be practiced under mono culture where only one crop is grown throughout as in plantation farming eg in Tea, Coffee plantations.

  1. b) Mixed cropping

This is the practice of growing different crops on the same piece of land but on different plots or strips. Usually helps to control soil erosion.

  1. c) Intercropping

This is the practice of growing different crops on the same piece of land per season.

Advantages of intercropping

  • If one crop fails, the farmer has the other crop to support him, ie does not suffer total loss
  • Helps to control soil erosion
  • If legumes are included, they will enrich the soil with nutrient
  • Also interrupts the spread of diseases
  • There is high yield per unit area of land
  • There is also proper utilization of land

Disadvantages of intercropping

  • Requires a lot of labour
  • Routine crop management practices difficult to carry out
  • Requires high capital investment

 

  1. Mixed farming

This is the growing of crops and rearing of animals on the same piece of land.

Advantages of mixed farming

  • Animals benefit from crop residues /remains as food while crops benefit from animals wastes as manure
  • Gives farmers income throughout the year
  • Ensures proper utilization of labour and land throughout the year
  • In case one enterprise fails, the farmer will still depend on the enterprise

Disadvantages of mixed farming

  • Requires high initial capital investment
  • There is lack of specialization
  • Limited land area allowed for each enterprise
  • Requires a lot of labour
  1. Shifting cultivation

This involves farming on a piece of land continually until its exhausted after which the farmer moves to a new fertile land. Shifting cultivation can be practiced where:

  • Land is abundant
  • Population is sparse
  • Land is communally owned
  • Low number of livestock units per area

Advantages of shifting cultivation

  • Low capital investment
  • No pests and diseases build up
  • Soil structure is regained
  • No land disputes as the land is owned communally

Disadvantages of shifting cultivation

  • Yield per unit area is low
  • A lot of time is wasted when the farmer shifts to new area and builds structure
  • Farmers have no incentive to develop and conserve water and soil
  • Cannot be practiced in areas where there is high population density

 

  1. Organic farming

This is the growing of crops and rearing of animals without using agricultural chemicals. It can be practiced through:

  • Use of organic manures instead of artificial fertilizer
  • Use of medicinal plants instead of chemical
  • Mulching
  • Crop rotation, to control diseases

Importance of organic farming

  • Its environment friendly
  • Its cheap
  • Does not require special skills
  1. Agro forestry

This is the growing of trees, crops and keeping of animals on the same piece of land.

Advantages of agro forestry

  • Trees help to conserve water and soil
  • High output per unit area
  • Helps to reduce soil erosion
  • Provides trees for building and fuel

 

FACTORS INFLUENCING AGRICULTURE

There are a number of factors which influence both crop and animal production, some of these factors include:

  1. Human factors
  2. Biotic factors
  3. Climatic factors
  4. Edaphic factors
  5. HUMAN FACTORS

These are factors which are due to the behavior of human beings or how they do things and how they influence agriculture. These human factors are:

 

  1. Level of education and technology
  2. Health of the people
  3. Economic conditions
  4. Government policy
  5. Transport and communications
  6. Cultural beliefs and religion
  7. Market forces
  8. a) Level of education and technology
  • High level of education leads to:
  • Accuracy in applying inputs and assessing results
  • Helps in proper decision making and organization
  • Better problem solution
  • Better utilization of livestock feeds and fertilizers
  • Understanding of technical language used in agriculture
  • Development of skills for operating machines and their maintenance
  • Increase in efficiency and minimizes costs
  1. b) Health of the people
  • Today the biggest threat to farming is the HIV/AIDS, ill health makes people do little or no work. The general effect of HIV/AIDS and ill health on agriculture includes:
  • Shortage of farm labour
  • Increase the cost of living through treatment, thereby lowering their purchasing power thus low demand for agricultural products
  • Low standards of living leads to lack of motivation to invest in agriculture, thus increasing poverty
  • Low food supply
  • A lot of funds used to control it, instead of being used to develop agriculture
  1. c) State of the economy

Economic conditions which have affected agriculture include:

  • Collapse of cooperative societies which affected the sale of farm produce such as milk, sugar, cotton etc
  • Liberalization of the economy, which has led to dumping of cheap products from other countries, this has caused the drop in price of agricultural products leading to low income to farmers

 

N/B: Kenya can benefit from liberalization by:

  • Producing goods of high quality and selling them competitively
  • Diversification
  1. d) Government policy

These are the laws which are put in place by the government that govern the production, marketing and distribution of agricultural products. The policies that the government can put in place which can encourage the agricultural production include:

  • Heavy taxation of imports to prevent dumping of cheap goods into the local market
  • Subsidizing the growing of local crops thus making them affordable to farmers
  • Enact policies to enforce the production of high quality products
  • Put in place, policies aimed at conservation of natural resources in order to sustain agriculture
  • Stepping up disease and pest control eg through quarantine, vaccination etc
  1. e) Transport and communication
  • Transport and communication plays an important role in conveying agricultural products
  • Railway lines are goods for transporting bulky goods to long distances
  • Airways are also efficient for air lifting horticultural products
  • Weather roads are necessary to transport farm produce to factories

N/B: proper transport and communication therefore will promote the development of agriculture, the electronic media eg radio, TV, internet, all need to be cheap and affordable to all farming areas.

  1. f) Cultural practices and religious beliefs
  • The society’s beliefs and culture may also effect agriculture eg Muslims do not eat pork and therefore may not see the need for rearing pigs even if pigs are very productive.
  • Pastoral communities also only keep animals and may find it difficult to diversify to livestock farming even if its profitable.

N/B: A combination of the above factors may retard agricultural development

  1. g) Market forces:

The local demand and supply of agricultural produce will also affect the level at which farmers produce, also the international demand eg of Kenyan coffee, Tea will affect how much the farmers produce.

 

  1. BIOTIC FACTORS

These are influences (factors) caused by living organisms, living both in and on the soil surface. These organisms include:

 

  • Pests
  • Parasites
  • Predators
  • Decomposers
  • Pathogens
  • Pollinators
  • Nitrogen fixing bacteria

 

 

Effects of pests

  • They feed on plants lowering both the quality and quantity of produce
  • They transmit diseases
  • Injure the plants, thus exposing them to secondary infection
  • Increases the cost of production eg through buying chemicals to control them

N/B: other effects of living organisms on agriculture include:

  • They decompose the organic matter in the soil eg the decomposers
  • Encourage aeration through burrowing into the soil
  • Cause nitrogen fixation and denitrification
  • Cause soil borne diseases
  • Acts as soil borne pests to growing crops
  • Mans activities eg cutting trees, earth moving etc affect soil formation
  • Some living organisms eg ticks also acts as parasites to animals thereby transmitting diseases
  • Some insects and birds also act as pollinators to flowering plants thus enabling cross pollination
  1. CLIMATIC FACTORS

These are factors due to the changes in the climate. Climate is the weather condition of a place taken over a long period of time. These climatic factors include:

  1. Rainfall
  2. Temperature
  3. Wind
  4. Humidity
  5. Light

 

 

  1. a) Rainfall

Rainfall is very important in agriculture production as it ensures supply of water required by all life processes. Aspects of rainfall important in agriculture include:

  1. i) Rainfall reliability
  2. ii) Rainfall amount

iii) Rainfall distribution

  1. iv) Rainfall intensity
  2. v) Form of rainfall
  3. i) Rainfall reliability

This is the assurance that rain will fall come the expected time eg there are two rainy seasons in Kenya. Long rains begin around march 15 – 20 of every year and short rains occur in October – November.

Reliability of rainfall determines:

  • Time of land preparation
  • Time of planting

N/B: when rainfall fails to follow the expected patterns, there is usually heavy crop failure and loss of livestock.

  1. ii) Rainfall amount

Rainfall amount is the quantity of rainfall that falls in a given area within a year. Its measured in mm/year. Rainfall amount determines:

  • Type of crop to be grown
  • Type of animals reared

iii) Rainfall distribution

Rainfall distribution refers to how the rainfall was spread throughout the year. It determines the crop variety grown in an area

 

 

 

  1. iv) Rainfall intensity

Rainfall intensity is the amount of rain that falls in an area within a period of 1 hour. Its measured in mm/hr.

High rainfall intensity causes: damage to crops, and also soil erosion

  1. v) Form of rainfall

This is the form in which rainfall falls ie may be form of hailstones etc

  1. b) Temperature

This is the hotness or coldness of a place measured in degrees Celsius or centigrade

N/B: All crops thrive well under certain range of temperature known as cardinal range. These crops require narrower ranges of temperature within the cardinal range this is called optimum range.

Effects of low temperature on crop production

  • Slow growth rate of crops as process like photosynthesis etc will be slow
  • High incidences of diseases infection to crops eg Elgon die back, CBD, hot and cold diseases in coffee
  • Quality of crops eg tea, pyrethrum improves with the lowering of temperature

Effects of high temperature on crop production

  • Increase evaporation leading to wilting in crops
  • Increase rate of growth or hasten the maturity of crops
  • Improve the quality of crops such as pineapples
  • Causes incidences of diseases infection eg leaf rust in coffee and pest infestation eg aphids in vegetables
  1. c) Wind

Wind is air in motion. Wind influences agricultural production by:

  • Causing lodging in cereals and damage to crops
  • Blowing away and bringing in rain bearing clouds
  • Acting as an agent of seed dispersal
  • Acting as agent of pollination
  • Increasing the spraed of pest and diseases
  • Destroying farm structures by carrying away roof tops
  • Also causes a cooling effect
  1. d) Humidity
  • Humidity is the amount of water vapour in the air at a given temperature.
  • Relative humidity is the amount of water vapour held in the air at a given temperature compared to what it would hold when saturated
  • Evaporation is the loss of water from the soil surface in form of water vapour
  • Transpiration is the loss of water vapour through the leaf pores
  • Evapotranspiration is the loss of water vapour both from the soil and leaf pores

N/B: humidity influences:

  • Rate of evapotranspiration
  • Temperature of a given area
  1. e) Light

Light provides energy required for photosynthesis

Photosynthesis is the process by which carbon dioxide in the air and water in the soil are synthesized in the presence of light to form carbohydrates. The light is absorbed by green pigments called chlorophyll.

Carbon dioxide + water  =  glucose

3CO2     +     6H2O           =     C6H12O6

Aspects of light important in crop growth are:

  1. i) Light intensity
  2. ii) Light duration

iii) Light wavelength

  1. i) Light intensity

This is the strength in which light is harnessed by chlorophyll for the purposes of photosynthesis.

N/B: The rate of photosynthesis increases with increase in light intensity up to where other factors become limiting eg water.

  1. ii) Light duration

This refers to the period during which light is available to plants per day. The duration is usually 12 hours in a 24 hour day. Plant varieties are classified into:

 

Short day plants:  requires less than 12hrs eg soya beans, rice, tobacco

Long day plants:  requires more than 12hrs of day light eg some wheat varieties

Day neutral plants: requires 12hrs of light eg coffee, maize, beans etc

iii) Light wavelengths

Chlorophyll only absorb certain wavelengths of light which are not present in artificial light a part from ultra violet or infra red light

N/B: light influences:

  • Rate of photosynthesis in green plants
  • Flowering of plants
  • Performance of livestock eg growth rate and laying % in poultry
  1. EDAPHIC (SOIL) FACTORS

Soil is derived from latin word solum

Solum means floor

Soil is the natural, consolidated material that originates from weathered mineral rock and decomposing organic matter.

Importance of soil

  • It’s a natural medium on which seeds germinate and roots grow.
  • It supplies plants with the mineral nutrients necessary for crop growth
  • It provides water, air, and warmth for small animals, micro organisms and plant roots to sustain life
  • It provides anchorage to plants
  • It also shelters many micro organisms

SOIL FORMATION

  • Soil is formed through the process of weathering and decomposition of organic matter
  • Weathering is both chemical and physical transformation that take place in the rocks, converting the components minerals into soils
  • Decomposition is the decaying/rotting of organic matter.( remains of dead plants and animals) that break down to form soil

 

 

Types of weathering

  1. Physical weathering
  2. Biological weathering
  3. Chemical weathering
  4. a) Physical weathering

Agents of physical weathering include:

  1. i) Water
  2. ii) Moving ice

iii) wind

  1. iv) temperature
  2. i) Water
  • Running water wears away the rocks over which it flows by rolling stones and hand particles on them.
  • Rain water dissolves carbon dioxide and forms weak carbonic acid which falls into rocks and dissolve them
  • Moving ice also has a grinding effect
  • When it rains, the rain drops hit the ground with force
  • Rainfall erodes soil surfaces
  1. ii) Wind

Strong winds carry rock dust which hit hard on the surface of rocks which then break down to form soil.

iii) Temperature change

  • Due to temperature changes taking place within the rocks, they crack and crumble to form soil.
  • Also in cold places, the water in rocks freezes and expands which then produces pressure on rocks then they break to small particles

 

 

 

  1. b) Biological weathering
  • This is carried through plants, animals and mans activities
  • Large animals eg elephants, buffalloos, cattle etc when they move, cause pressure on the rocks causing them to break down
  • Mans activities like mining cultivation and construction of buildings, roads, reduce the size of rocks into smaller particles
  1. c) Chemical weathering

This is weathering which takes place due to chemical decomposition or change in the chemical structure of the rocks

Types of chemical weathering

  1. i) Carbonation
  2. ii) oxidation

iii) Hydration

  1. iv) Hydrolysis
  2. v) Dissolution
  3. i) Carbonation

When it rains, rain water combines with free carbon dioxide in the air to form a weak carbonic acid eg

Rainwater  +  carbon dioxide    =  carbonic acid

H2O  +  CO2    =  H2CO3

The weak carbonic acid reacts with limestone found in the rocks to form calcium bicarbonate eg

Weak carbonic acid + Limestone   =  calcium bicarbonate

H2CO+   CaCO3       =       Ca(HCO3)2

Calcium bicarbonate formed from this reaction is soluble in water and the process effectively dissolves the rock minerals

  1. ii) Oxidation

This is common in rocks having iron. Oxygen reacts with iron which is in ferrous state. This process forms unstable crystal which is easily decomposed and disintegrated

iii) Hydration

Minerals in rock combine with water to form hydrated compounds.  Hydrated compounds so formed are weaker than the original form and these are then acted upon by physical or mechanical agents of weathering

  1. iv) Hydrolysis

 

this is the reaction of minerals with water which then undergoes weathering process through other agents.

  1. v) Dissolution

The minerals in the rock dissolve in water leaving behind unstable rock, which can break easily.

FACTORS INFLUENCING SOIL FORMATION

  1. Parent material
  2. Climate
  3. Topography
  4. Time
  5. Living organisms
  6. Parent material

The texture of the parent material affects the rate of soil formation. Freely drained parent materials can develop soils faster than dense impermeable parent materials. Also minerals composition of the soil depends on the nature of the materials eg coarse grained soils are from granite which when fully disintegrated will separate into constituent minerals like feldspar, quartz and mica

  1. Climate

Climate factors like rainfall, temperature, light and relative humidity and wind are all important in soil formation. Due to continuous weathering, rainfall for example provides water which is an important reactant in all forms of weathering high temperature also spend up most chemical reactions

  1. Topography

Topography may either increase or delay the effects of climate on soil reaction eg factors like slope, degree of exposure or shelter may influences the degree of sol erosion which leads to shallow or deep soils.

Topography also affects the movement of products of weathering which consist of soluble and solid particles. It therefore affects the soil depth and type of vegetation

  1. Time

The length of time over which the soil forming processes have been in action affects the age of the soil. Where the soil forming processes have been taking place for a long time, deep mature soils can be found. This is possible if other factors such as topography, parent materials climate etc, favour the development of deep soils. Where soils erosion has been severe because of topography there is a tendency for the soils to remain shallow and youthful with poorly differentiated profile.

  1. Living organisms

Living organisms affect accumulation of organic matter and also profile mixing. The micro organisms eg rhizobium add nitrogen to the soil

Vegetation cover also reduces surface erosion and this in turn mineral removal is reduced. Therefore the nature and number of organisms growing on and in the soil play a big role in the kind of soil that develops

 

SOIL PROFILE

Soil profile is the vertical arrangement of soil layers. The layers are called horizons

There are four broad groups of horizons, namely: A,B, C, and D

Top soil ———– horizon A

Sub soil ———– horizon B

Substratum —— horizon C

Parent rock —— horizon D

Cross – section of soil profile

  1. Superficial layer

This is a layer consisting of dry and decayed organic matter covering the soil surface

  1. Top soil (horizon A)

This is the top layer of the soil. Its dark in colour because it contains humus in it. It has many living organisns and plant nutrients, this layer of the soil has goodcrumb structure and is quite permeable to air and water.

  1. Sub soil (horizon B)
  • Its below the top soil
  • Has no humus and usually orange brown in colour
  • It has few living organisms and deeper growing roots of plants
  • It may have an impermeable layer called the hardpan

Causes of hardpan

  • Working the soil when wet with heavy machinery
  • Cultivation at the same depth throughout

Disadvantages of hardpan

  • Hinders air circulation in the soil
  • Prevent crop root penetration
  1. Weathered rock (substratum)

This layer is found beneath the sub soil. Its made of partly weathered rolck with no humus. Its hard and therefore impermeable to water.

  1. Parent rock

This is the bedrock. The soil formed from this rock. Ponds of water are often formed on this rock. Roots of some plants in very dry areas reach these ponds to absorb water

Transitional zone

This is a zone between any two bordering soil layers, whereby one layer gradually merges into the next one in the series

Influence of profile on crop production

  • Most plant nutrients are found in the top soil
  • The deeper or thicker the profile, the better its for crop production
  • Loosely packed soil allows for easy root penetration
  • The nature of the bed rock also determines the nutrients availability in the soil.

 

SOIL CONSTITUENTS

Soil is made up of the following:

  1. Mineral matter
  2. Soil water
  3. Soil air
  4. Organic matter
  5. Living organisms
  6. Mineral matter

These are inorganic compounds formed from the weathering of rocks. They differ in size ranging from an clay to gravel. They include:

  • Clay
  • Silt
  • Sand
  • Gravel

Influence of mineral particles on crop production

They make the main frame work of the soil

They hold plant roots firmly together

How to determine the mechanical composition of the soil

Using various sieves of different  diameter

  1. Soil water

Soil has water which comes from rainfall and also from irrigation in dry lands

Forms of soil water

  • Superfluous water
  • Capillary water
  • Hygroscopic water

Superfluous water

  • This is water which is held by gravity. Its also called gravity water.
  • Its easily lost because its loosely held by soil particles
  • Its readily available to plants but not useful because too much of it limits aeration

Capillary water         

  • This is water occupying the micro pores. Its held by soil particles
  • It’s the water available to plants. Its also reffered to as available water

Hygroscopic water

This is water which forms a thin film around the particles. Its not available to plants

 

 

Functions of water to plants

  • Soil water maintains the life of plants
  • Its used as a raw material for protein for diffusion of mineral salts and oxygen into the root hairs and the mineral salts dissolved in water are conducted upwards to the leaves.
  • Its also acts as a solvent for the diffusion of other substances from one part ofplant to another
  • It makes protoplasm and cell sap of the growing plants
  • It keeps the cell turgid and thus supports plant
  • Also cools the leaves of the plant during transpiration

Experiment 1  to find the percentage of soil water content

Apparatus: – dish, stirring, weighing balance, soil sample and heater or oven

Procedure: –

  • Measure the mass of the dish
  • Pour soil in the dish and weigh
  • Half fill the dish with water
  • Heat upto a bout 105oc
  • Cool the sol with a dessicater then reweigh – repeat the process until you get a constant mass
  1. Soil air

The spaces between the soil particles are filled with air. These include

Oxygen —————– 20.6

Carbon dioxide ——- 0.6 – 0.6

Nitrogen  ————– 78.6

Other rare gases.

The amount of air available in the soil is inversely proportional to the amount of water in rhe soil pore spaces.

Oxygen present in the air is essential for the respiration of roots and other living organisms in the soil

Nitrogen in the soil  is converted into nitrates by the nitrogen fixing bacteria

Air is also needed by the micro organisms living in the soil

Excess carbon dioxide in the soil is poisonous to plants

Experiment 2: To find the percentage of air by volume in a soil

Apparatus

  • Small tin
  • Graduated cylinder
  • Knife and stirring rod

Procedure

  • Turn the empty tin upside down and press firmly into the ground until the tin is completely filled with soil
  • Turn the tin upright and level the soil to the brim of the tin with a ruler
  • Pour 250cm3 of water into a cylinder and scrap off soil into the water until no bubbles comes out
  • Record the final volume of soil and cylinder
  1. Soil organic matter
  • Organic matter in the soil is the remains of the dead plants and animals plus their waste products
  • Humus is the decayed organic matter

Importance of organic matter

  • Decomposes to release nutrients to plants
  • Makes the soil lighter to cultivate
  • Also improves the soil structure

Experiment 3 To find the % of humus content in the soil

  • Apparatus
  • Dish
  • Garden soil
  • Tripod stand
  • Wire gauze
  • Bunsen burner

Procedure

  • Weigh the empty dish
  • Put the garden in the dish and reweigh
  • Place in an oven at about 105oc
  • Cool in a dessicater and reweigh
  • Repeat the process several times until a constant weight is obtained
  • Note the difference weight
  1. Soil living organisms

There are two types of living organisms in the soil namely:

Macro organisms

Micro organisms

Macro organisms are large organisms found in the soil eg rodents, earthworms, ants, termites, plant roots etc

Micro organisms are tiny organisms which can only be seen with the help of a microscope they include bacteria, fungi, protozoa etc.

Importance of soil living organisms

  • They barrow in the soil and aerate the soil and improve drainage
  • They help in the decomposition of organic matter
  • Some also fix nitrogen in the soil eg the nitrogen fixing bacteria

Experiment 4: To show the presence of living organisms in a soil sample

Apparatus

  • 2 flasks
  • Rubber cork
  • Muslin bag
  • Heater
  • Lime water
  • Garden soil

Procedure

  • Put a handful of garden soil in two muslin bags labeled A and B
  • Heat the soil in muslin bag B strongly to kill the micro organisms
  • Suspend the two bags in the flasks also labeled A and B, the flasks should contain lime water
  • Leave the apparatus for 4hrs

Observation

  • Lime water in flask A turns milky
  • Lime water in flask B remains clear

Conclusion

  • Lime water in flask A turns milky because of the presence of carbon dioxide produced during respiration. Carbon dioxide turns lime water milky
  • Lime water in flask B remained clear since the living organisms were killed during heating so no respiration took place

 

Physical properties of soil

These include:

  1. Soil structure
  2. Soil texture
  3. Soil colour

 

  1. Soil structure

This is the  way in which the individual soil particles are arranged

Types of soil structure

  • Single – grained structure
  • Crumby structure
  • Granular structure
  • Platy structure
  • Blocky structure

(a) Single – grained structure

In this structure, the particles are not cemented together. They exist as individual grain. They form no aggregates and are non porous.

They are mostly found in top soils of sandy soils and in arid climate and in alkaline soils

(b)  Crumby structure

This type consists of small, soft porous aggregates of irregular shapes. They are not closely fitted together

 

(c)  Granular structure

This is made of friable rounded aggregates of irregular shapes called granules. Its formed when particles co agulate and are cemented together to form rounded aggregates whose diameter is not more than 15cm

When wet it becomes porous since the spaces are not readily closed by swelling. The structure is found in top horizon in cultivated soils and in the sub- soil under grass. The structure is not porous and is usually affected by tillage.

(d)  Prismatic structure

This is where the structure aggregates are arranged vertically. The primary particles are vertically oriented forming distinct columns which vary in length depending on the type of soil.

The structure is found in sub soil of arid and semi arid soils

N/B: If the tops are rounded, they are called columnar. But if the tops have clear cut edges, the its called Prismatic

  • Platy soil structure

 

In this structure, the aggregates are arranged on top of one another on thin horizontal plates. The plates overlaps and impair permeability and hence drainage and root penetration. The structure is found in top soils of clay soil and forested area.

 

 

(f) Blocky structure

Here the aggregates are in form of rectangular blocks. The aggregates easily fit together a long vertical edges

 

Influence of soil structure on crop production

  • A loosely packed structure ensures good air circulation in the soil
  • Good structure also ensures proper water holding capacity
  • Good structure also gives proper root anchorage
  • Good structure also reduces then soils liability to erosion

Factors that influence the soil structure

Parent material

The physical and chemical properties of the parent rock will determine the type of structure being formed

Soil forming processes

Processes which lead to soil formation will determine the type of structure being formed

Climate

In areas where a lot of rainfall is followed by dry periods cracks tend to form giving rise to good structure which is well aerated

Organic matter

Presence of organic will stabilize the soil structure

Living organisms

Living organisms also help to decompose organic matter which turn improve structure

Cultivation

The nature of cultivation eg digging channels results in a better structure

Inorganic compounds

Presence of compounds like iron oxide have binding properties and help in the formation of granules

  1. Soil texture

This refers to the various mineral particles present in a soil sample.

Particles                                                      Diameter

  • Clay 002mm and below
  • Silt 002 —— 0.02
  • Fine sand 02 ——- 0.2
  • Coarse sand 2 ——– 2mm
  • Gravel                                         2 ———- 20mm
  • Stone 20mm and above

 

Determination of soil texture

Can be determined by:

  • Mechanical analysis
  • Chemical analysis

Mechanical determination of soil texture

Apparatus

  • Sieves of different diameter
  • Containers
  • Weighing balance

Procedure

  • Put a known amount of soil sample in a container
  • Pass the soil through a sieve of the smallest diameter and shake
  • Weigh the soil that remains in the sieve
  • Repeat the process using sieves of different diameter until all the soil I passed through

Observation

After every sieving it will be observed that a certain amount of soil remains in the sieve

Conclusion

Soil is made up of different sized particles of different diameter

Experiment 6: to show that soil is made up of different sized particles

Apparatus

  • Measuring cylinder
  • Sodium carbonate
  • Garden soil

Procedure

  • Put some soil sample in a measuring cylinder
  • Add about 4 times its volume of water with sodium carbonate to aid in dispersion of particles
  • Cover the mouth of the cylinder with the hand and shake vigorously for about 2min.
  • Place cylinder on the bench for about 1hr or more to allow the contents to settle down

Observation

  • At the end of the period, it will be seen that fractions have settled in layers
  • The heavy, coarse gravels settle first, then followed in succession by sand, silt and clay
  • The humus and organic matter remain floating in the water or on top of the clay

Conclusion

From the above observations, it can then be concluded that soil is a mixture of particles of different sizes.

Influence of soil texture on crop production

  • Coarse soils have poor water holding capacity
  • Very fine textured soils also have poor aeration

Soil colour

  • Soil colour depends mainly on the mineral composition of the soil
  • If the soil was made from a rock containing a lot of iron compounds, it tends to be brownish yellow, reddish or orange in colour
  • Humus content also gives dark brown colour
  • Soil colour influences temperature of the soil

Soil classification

Soil can be classified based on the following

  • Soil structure
  • Soil texture
  • Soil colour
  • Soil ph

According to structure, soils could be classified as granular, crumby, blocky, or platy soil structures

According to texture, a soil containing high proportion of sand particles is called sandy soils, if it contains  high amount of clay then its called clay soils

In terms of colour, soils could be either dark coloured soils or light coloured soils

Types of soils

  1. Sandy soils
  2. Silty soils
  3. Clay soils
  4. Clay loams
  5. Loamy soils

Sandy soils

  • They have bigger particles
  • Contains 50 – 80% sand, and 20 – 50% silt and clay
  • Organic matter content is 0.1 – 3%
  • Are well drained
  • Are more prone to soil erosion have low water holding capacity
  • They are slightly acidic
  • Easy to cultivate but less fertile

how to improve sandy sols

  • Add organic matter
  • Addition of fertilers

Silty loams

  • They contain 20 – 30% sand
  • Also contains 70 – 30% clay
  • Has 0.1 – 4% organic matter
  • They are fine textured, well drained and have a good water holding capacity
  • They have moderately acidic ph
  • Moderately fertile and aerated
  1. Clay loams
  • They contain 20 – 50% sand
  • Clay and silt is 20 – 60%
  • Has organic matter content of 0.1 – 6%
  • They are fine textured
  • Poorly drained and aerated
  • Has capillarity and water retention
  • They are rich in plant nutrients
  • Are suitable for flood irrigation for rice growing
  • This soil can be improved through drainage
  1. Clayey soils
  • Have clay content of more than 40%
  • Have high water holding capacity
  • Have crystalline and platy structure
  • Expand when wet
  • Crack when dry
  • Get water logged easily
  • Also suitable for flood irrigation
  • Have high capillarity
  1. Loamy soils
  • They contain 30 -50% sand, 50 -70% silt and clay and 0.4% organic matter
  • Are moderately textured and drained
  • Are slightly acidic
  • Have good water holding capacity
  • Can be improved by planting cover crops and adding organic manures

 

 

 

Experiment 7: To compare the porosity and water holding capacity of sand, loam and clay

Apparatus

  • Measuring cylinder
  • Funnels
  • Cotton wool
  • Dry sand, loam and clay

 

Procedure

  • Place equal volumes of each soil in each funnel plugged with cotton wool
  • Tap all the funnels persistently until all visible air spaces are filled up
  • Stand each funnel in the open end of measuring cylinder and add 50cm3 of water into each funnel
  • Note the time taken for the first drop of water through into the cylinder

Observation

After some time, it will be seen that water level is high in sand than the rest

Conclusion

Sandy soil is more porous than the other 2

Clay soil has the highest water holding than the other 2

Experiment 8: To compare the capillarity of sand, loam and clay

Apparatus

  • 3 long cylinders
  • Dry sand, clay and loam
  • Water trough
  • Clock
  • Ruler

Procedure

  • Close the lower end of each tube with a plug of cotton
  • Fill each tube with different soils
  • Tap the end of each tube gently in the bench to tightly pack the soils
  • Stand and clamp each tube with a clamp and put in an empty water trough
  • Poor water into the trough to a depth of 5cm
  • Measure the height of water in each tube after 3 – 5min
  • Take as many readings as much as possible
  • Record the readings

Observations

  • Water will be seen to be rising up the tubes
  • It rises very fast in sand and loam in the first 3 – 5min. but very slow in clay
  • After 2hrs water level will be higher in loam than in clay soil and least in sand
  • Water rise continues in clay soil but stops after some time in loam

Conclusions

  • Clay and loam have higher capillary action due to their fine pore spaces
  • Sand has poor capillary action due to their large pore spaces
  • Clay soil has the highest capillarity

Chemical properties of soil

  1. Soil ph
  2. Soil mineral content
  3. Soil pH
  • This is the acidity or alkalinity of soil solution
  • Acidity is determined by hydrogen ion concentration while alkalinity is determined by hydroxyl ion concentration

Influence of soil ph on crop production

  • Soil ph affects the availability of various nutrients eg low ph makes P, and molybdenum less available and high ph makes Mn, K, Fe and zinc less available
  • Very low ph affects the activities of micro organisms eg nitrogen fixing bacteria
  • Different crop species require different ph ranges

Ways of modifying pH

  • Apply lime to raise the pH
  • Apply basic fertilizers
  • Apply sulphur to raise the pH
  • Apply acidic fertilizers to lower the Ph

FARM TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

TOOL

A tool is any instrument held in the hand and used to do work

EQUIPMENT

This is something used for specific purpose

Why farmers use tools and equipment

  • To increase efficiency
  • To make farm operations easier
  • To minimize injuries
  • To enhance production

Precautions in handling tools and equipment

  • Proper maintenance
  • Proper use of tools
  • Proper storage
  • Use safety devices and clothing
  • Proper dressing
  • Skilful handling of tools

Categories of farm tools and equipment

  1. Garden tools and equipment
  2. Livestock production tools and equipment
  3. Workshop tools and equipment
  4. Plumbing tools and equipment
  5. Masonry tools and equipment

Factors determining the choice of tools to use

  • The task to be performed
  • The tools efficiency
  • The level of knowledge and skill of user
  • Availability of the tools

General Maintance practices of farm tools

  • Sharpen the cutting edge
  • Grease the moving parts
  • Repair or replace worn out parts
  • Proper and safe storage
  • Clean after use
  • Tighten loose nut and bolts
  • Oil and paint before long storage

Reasons for maintaining farm tools and equipment

  • To durability
  • To improve efficiency
  • To avoid injury
  • Reduce production cost

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION I

LAND PREPARATION

Land preparation involves all those activities that make land suitable for planting eg ploughing, harrowing, ridging and rolling

Seed bed: this is apiece of land prepared ready for planting. To achieve good germination of seeds the following must be achieved:

  • Suitable size of clods
  • Good depth
  • Looseness of soil
  • Absence of weeds

Reasons for land preparation

  • To kill weeds
  • To incorporate manure and other organic matter in the soil
  • To destroy different stages of crop pest such as eggs, larva or adult stages by burying them and exposing them to the heat
  • To encourage the penetration of roots in the soil
  • To make subsequent operation easy
  • To encourage water penetration in the soil

Operations in land preparation

  1. Land clearing
  2. Primary cultivation
  3. Secondary cultivation
  4. Tertiary operations
  5. Land clearing

This is the removal of vegetation cover from the surface before land is cultivated. Its done to prepare land for  cultivation as well as a method of land reclaimation

Conditions that necessitate land clearing

  • When opening up virgin land
  • Where a stalk growing crop was previously planted
  • Where the interval between primary and secondary cultivation is long such that land is reverted back to its original virgin state
  • Where land was left fallow for a long time

Methods of land clearing

  1. Tree felling
  2. Burning
  3. Slashing
  4. Use of chemicals
  5. a) Tree felling

This involves cutting down trees. Axes, pangas, are used and small power saws where the trees are few. Bulldozers and root rakers are used where trees are on large scale. After cutting down the trees, destumping or removal of stumps and disposal of trash is done.

  1. b) Burning

here fire is set on the vegetation cover. Should be done when the speed of wind is low to avoid spread of fire to other fields. Burning should be discouraged because:

  • it destroys organic matter
  • kills soil micro organisms
  • also destroys plants nutrients
  1. c) Slashing

Small bushes or grasses can be cleared by slashing. Slashers or pangas are used in a small area, while a tractor drawn mower can be used in large areas

  1. d) Use of chemicals

Chemicals used to kill weeds are called herbicides. They kill weeds faster and more easily.

  1. Primary cultivation

This is the initial opening of land either after land clearing or following a previous crop. Primary cultivation should be done well before the onset of rains to give time for all operations to be done in good time.

Importance of primary cultivation

  • To remove weeds
  • To burry organic matter for easy decomposition
  • To facilitate water infiltration and aeration
  • To destroy soil borne pests by exposing them to predators and sun
  • To make planting easy

Ways of carrying out primary cultivation

  1. Hand digging
  2. Mechanical cultivation
  3. Use of ox plough
  4. a) Hand digging

This is mainly the use of simple hand tools such as jembes, mattocks and fork jembes to cut and turn the soil slices.

  1. b) Mechanical cultivation

Where large pieces of land is involved, farmers use tractor mounted implements which include mould board, disc ploughs. Also there is use of sub soilers to break the hard pan.

  1. c) Use of an ox plough

This is use of ploughs drawn (pulled) by animals such as donkeys, camels, oxen etc. common in areas where such animals are available and the terrain is flat.

Aspects to be considered when carrying out primary cultivation

  1. i) Time of cultivation
  2. ii) Depth of cultivation

iii) Choice of implements

  1. i) Time of cultivation

land preparation should be done early enough before the onset of rains.

 

 

Reasons for early cultivation

  • To give weeds and other vegetation enough time to dry up and decompose into organic matter
  • To allow carbon dioxide and other gases to diffuse out of the soil while being replaced by oxygen required in seed germination and growth of soil organisms
  • Also gives time for subsequent operations to be done giving way for early planting
  1. ii) Depth of cultivation

factors that determine the depth of ploughing are:

  • The type of crop to be planted: Deep rooted crops require a soil which has been cultivated deeply, because it will facilitate easy root penetration. Shallow rooted crops may not need deep cultivation
  • The implements available: There are some implements which canot cut the soil beyond a certain depth. Such implements can be sharpened or weight be added
  • Type of soil: heavy soils are hard particularly when they are dry. Simple implements such as jembes tend to dig shallowly on such hard soils

iii) Choice of implements

Choice of implements used in primary cultivation is determined by:

  • The condition of the land: If the land has a lot of stones and stumps, it would be advisable for one to choose a disc plough which would not break easily when working on such land. A jembe cannot be used efficiently on land which has a lot of couch grass because it cannot pull all the rhizomes.
  • The type of tilth required: very fine tilth requires the use of different types of implements
  • The depth of cultivation needed: heavy implements are necessary when deep cultivation is needed and light implements are required when shallow cultivation is necessary
  1. Secondary cultivation

These are operations which follow the primary cultivation and means seedbed refinement practices before planting, also called harrowing

 

 

Importance of secondary cultivation

  • To remove any weeds that might have germinated after primary cultivation
  • To break the soil clods into small pieces for easy planting
  • To level the field on order to achieve a uniform depth of planting
  • To incorporate organic matter into the soil in order to encourage decomposition before planting

Factors that determine the number of times of secondary cultivation

  • Size of planting materials: Big seeds such as those of groundnuts, maize etc require a fairly rough seedbed, and small seeds such as those of finger millets require fine seedbed
  • Slope of the land: When the land is very steep, less cultivation should be done to discourage soil erosion
  • The moisture content of the soil: In dry soils less cultivation are preferred so as to conserve the available moisture
  • Condition of the soil after primary tillage: where there is plenty of trash, more harrowing operations should be carried out to incorporate most of the trash into the soil

N/B: Implements used for secondary cultivation are: pangas, jembes, fork jembes, and garden rakes. Tractor drawn harrows eg discs, spike toothed and spring tine harrows

  1. Tertiary operations

These are operations carried out to suit production of certain crops. They are carried out after land clearing primary cultivation and secondary tillage. They include:

  1. Leveling
  2. Rolling
  3. Ridging
  4. a) Leveling

This is the practice of making the soil surface flat and uniform so as to promote easy germination of small seeded crops such as wheat, grasses, and barley. It facilitates uniform germination of seeds.

 

 

  1. b) Rolling

This is done to compact soil which is loose or fine tilth. Its done to prevent small seeds from being carried away by wind and to prevent soil erosion. Also increases seed soil contact. Implements used are: simple hand tools and heavy rollers

  1. c) Ridging

This is the process of digging soil in a continuous line and heaping it on one side to form a bund ( ridge) and a furrow. The ridges are important for planting root crops like Irish potatoes, cassava etc. ridging helps in: tuber expansion and easy harvesting of root crops.

N/B: Other tillage operations include:

  1. Sub soiling
  2. Minimum tillage
  3. Sub soiling

This is the process of cultivating the soil for the purpose of breaking up the hard pans which might have formed as a result of continuous use of heavy machinery in land preparation. Implements used in sub soiling are:

  • Sub soiler
  • Chisel ploughs
  • Cultivators

Importance of sub soiling

  • Helps to break up hard pans
  • Helps to facilitate gaseous exchange in the soil
  • Also brings to the surface, minerals which might have leached to the deeper layers

N/B: hard pan is an impervious layer of soil found within the sub soil.

  1. Minimum tillage

This is the application of a combination of farming practices aimed at least disturbance to the soil.

Reasons for carrying out minimum tillage

  • To reduce the cost of cultivation or ploughing by reducing the number of operations
  • To control soil erosion, mulching and cover cropping greatly reduce chances of soil erosion
  • To maintain soil structure, continuous cultivation destroys soil structure hence its avoided
  • To conserve moisture, continuous cultivation exposes the soil to the heat of the sun thus enhance evaporation of available moisture
  • To prevent disturbance of roots and underground structures for example tubers and bulbs
  • To prevent exposure of humus to adverse conditions such as the suns heat that cause volatilization of nitrogen

Ways of carrying out minimum tillage

  • Application of herbicides in controlling weeds
  • Use of mulch on the soil surface. Mulch prevents weeds from growing by smothering them
  • Timing cultivation, late weeding of cotton crop, for example often produces a clean seedbed for finger millet to be sown without further cultivation
  • Restricting cultivation to the area where seeds are to be planted. Weeds in the rest of the field are controlled by slashing
  • Establishment of cover crop on the field
  • Uprooting or slashing weeds on perennial crops

 

WATER SUPPLY, IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE

Sources of water

  1. Surface water
  2. Ground water
  3. Rain water
  4. Surface water

Sources of surface water are:

  1. Rivers
  2. Streams
  3. Lakes

 

 

  1. Ground water

Sources of ground water are:

  1. Springs
  2. Wells
  3. Boreholes
  4. a) Springs
  • Here water comes out of the ground as a result of an impervous layer meeting the ground surface.
  • Low wall can be constructed around the spring to increase the water volume for easier pumping
  • Also on higher ground, water can be conveyed to lower grounds by gravitational flaw

Diagram of a spring

 

  1. b) Wells
  • Wells are holes dug in the ground until water table is reached. Can go up to 15m deep.
  • It’s advisable to dig the well during dry season to ensure that even during dry season water will be available
  • Fence around the well to avoid contamination
  • Construct a reinforced slab with a lockable lid to prevent contaminations and wearing of the top sides of the well. Water is lifted using buckets

 

Diagram of a well

 

  1. c) Boreholes

These are deep holes drilled or sunk into the ground by use of drilling machines. The holes are usually sunk into the Parent rock to ensure continuous supply of water. The hole is of small diameter and usually lined with metal casing perforated at the bottom end to allow the water to rise up. Special pumps operated by either electricity or engines are used to lift water out of the hole.

Diagram of borehole

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Rain water

Collected from roofs then stored in tanks. Ponds also constructed to store the run off. This is done during the rainy season.

Water collection and storage

Methods of water collection and storage include:

  1. Dams
  2. Weirs
  3. Water tanks
  4. Dams

This is a barrier constructed across a river or dry valley to hold water and raise its level to form a reservoir or lake. It has a spillway to allow excess water flow away. The accumulated water is then pumped to farms.

  1. Weirs

A weir is a barrier constructed across the river to raise the water level, but still allow water to flow over it

  1. Water tanks

Rain water, ground water and run off can be stored in tanks. The water storage structures (tanks) include:

  1. Concrete tanks (overhead or underground)
  2. Corrugated iron sheets
  3. Steel tanks
  4. Plastic tanks

Parts of a water tank

 

  • Funnel lid
  • Overflow pipe
  • Drainage pipe
  • Roof
  • Gutter
  • Outlet
  • Base

Diagram of water tank

 

Pumps and pumping of water

  1. Water pumps

Types of water pumps include:

  1. Centrifugal/Rotar dynamic pumps
  2. Piston/Reciprocating pumps
  3. Semi rotary pumps
  4. Hydram pumps
  5. a) Centrifugal pumps: These are made of metal discs with blades that rotate at high speed. They are powerful and can pump water for irrigation. Electric motors, diseal or petrol engines are used to operate them.
  6. b) Piston pumps: Consist of pistons that move back and forth thereby pushing water through the pipes. Do not pump a lot of water thus suitable only for domestic and livestock use.

 

 

 

Diagram of a piston pump

  1. c) Semi rotary pumps

These are operated by hand, and mostly used to pump water from wells for domestic and livestock use

  1. d) Hydram pumps

these are operated by the force of flowing water. The higher the speed of water, the greater the pressure created in the pump. Cannot pump stationary water and only suitable for slopy areas, where water flows at high speed.

N/B: Pumping of water is the lifting of water from one point to another by use of mechanical force.

Conveyance of water

This is the process of moving water from one point mostly from storage to where its used or stored

Ways of conveying water

  1. Piping
  2. Use of containers
  3. Use of canals
  4. a) Piping

This is where water is moved through pipes

Types of water pipes

  1. i) Metal pipes
  2. ii) Plastic pipes

iii) Hose pipes

  1. i) Metal pipes

These are two types: Galvanized iron and Aluminum pipes

Galvanized iron pipes are heavy and suitable for permanent installation of water system. Alumimium pipes are light and used for irrigation systems,

N/B: metal pipes are expensive but durable

  1. ii) Plastic pipes

These are made of synthetic materials. There advantages include:

  • They are cheap
  • Easy to install
  • Durable when installed properly

Disadvantages include:

  • Become brittle when exposed to sun
  • Can burst under high pressure
  • Can be eaten by rodents

iii) Hose pipes

There are two types: rubber hose pipes and plastic hose pipes

Rubber hose pipes are more expensive but durable, hose pipes are used to convey water from taps to various areas eg irrigation areas or washing places

  1. b) Use of containers

Water is drawn and put in containers such as drums, jerry cans, pots, tanks and buckets which are carried by animals, bicycles, human beings and vehicles

  1. c) Use of canals

Water is conveyed from a high point to a lower appoint along a gradual slope to avoid soil erosion. Water conveyed in canals is mostly used for irrigation and livestock drinks

WATER TREATMENT

Water treatment is the process of making raw water from source safe for use in the farm.

Importance of treating water

  • To kill disease causing micro organisms such as cholera and typhoid bacteria which thrive in dirty water
  • To remove chemical impurities such as excess fluoride this may be harmful to humans
  • To remove smell and bad taste
  • To remove sediments of solid particles

The process of water treatment

  1. Filtration at water intake
  2. Softening of water
  3. Coagulation and sedimentation
  4. Filtration
  5. Chlorination
  6. Storage

Stage 1: Filtration at water intake

At the pint of water intake, water is made to pass through sieves before entering the intake pipe. This is to trap large impurities. Several sieves of different sizes are made.

Stage 2: Softening of water

The water in the pipe flows into the mixing chamber. This is a small tank where water circulates and is mixed with soda ash ( sodium bicarbonate) and alum ( aluminium sulphate) these chemicals are added into water in equal proportions. Soda ash softens the water, while alum helps to coagulate solid particles which finally settle down to the bottom

Stage 3: Coagulation and sedimentation

The softened water moves to the coagulation tank which is a circular and large solid particles such as silt and sand coagulate and settle down. The tanks is also open to allow in fresh air into the water. Water should stay in this tank for at least 30 hrs to kill bilharzias which cannot survive in water stored that long

Stage 4: Filtration

Water with very few impurities passes into a filtration tank where all the remaining solid particles such as silt are removed. The filtration tank has layers of different sizes of gravel and a top layer of sand. At its bottom is a layer of large pieces of gravel, this is followed by another layer of gravel but of fine texture. A layer of fine sand is placed on top of this fine gravel. These layers allow water to seep through very slowly leaving all the solid particles behind. When water leaves this tank, its clean.

Stage 5: Chlorination

The filtered water enters the chlorination tank. In this tank, small amount of chlorine solution is controlled by a doser and the amount added will depend on the volume of water to be treated and the outbreak of water borne diseases. Chlorine kills pathogens

Stage 6: storage

Water is then stored in large tanks, before distribution to consumers.

 

 

 

General uses of water in the farm

  • For domestic purposes eg washing, cooking etc
  • For watering livestock eg washing pigs
  • For diluting chemicals
  • For processing farm produce eg coffee etc
  • For construction of buildings
  • For irrigation

 

IRRIGATION

Irrigation is the artificial application of water to soil for the purpose of supplying sufficient moisture to crops.

Conditions that make it necessary for irrigation

  • In dry areas
  • During dry periods
  • In the growing of paddy rice
  • Soften the soil during transplanting
  • To effect the application of fertilizers and other chemicals

Types of irrigation

  1. Surface irrigation
  2. Sub surface irrigation
  3. Overhead irrigation
  4. Drip/Trickle irrigation

Factors that determine the type of irrigation to use

  • Capital availability
  • Topography of the land
  • Water availability
  • Type of soil
  • Type of crop to be irrigated
  1. Surface irrigation

Here water is applied to the field by allowing it to flow on top of the ground surface.

Methods of surface irrigation

  1. Flood irrigation
  2. Furrow irrigation
  3. Basin irrigation
  4. Boarder irrigation
  5. a) Flood irrigation

In flood irrigation, water is allowed to cover the whole field a few centimeters in depth. Its suitable for growing paddy rice fields.

Advantages of flood irrigation

  • Its cheap to establish and maintain
  • Does not require skills

Disadvantages of flood irrigation

  • There is uneven distribution of water in the field
  • A lot of water is wasted
  1. b) Furrow irrigation

Here water is supplied by use of open ditches or furrows. Its suitable for all crops and application to most soils

 

 

Maintenance of furrows

  • Repair furrows when worn out or eroded
  • Remove weeds and silts

Advantages of furrow irrigation

  • Reduces chances of fungal diseases
  • Cheap to establish
  • Require little skills

Disadvantages of furrow irrigation

  • A lot of water is lost through evaporation and seepage
  • Erosion can occur if the furrows are not maintained
  • If water has high content of salt, it may have damaging effect on the plant roots
  1. c) Basin irrigation

Basin irrigation involves the application od water into basins that have been checked by construction of banks or ridges. The basins may be rectangular ring shaped or have contour checks

This system is suitable in:

  • Relatively flat areas
  • Soils of low infiltration
  • For crops requiring large quantities of water
  • Soils that require leaching

Advantages of basin irrigation

  • Helps to control soil erosion
  • Retains rain water in the basins

Disadvantages of basin irrigation

  • Much land is occupied by water covering channels and ridges
  • There is no surface drainage
  • Requires precise land grading
  • Requires a lot of labour
  • Cannot be used in crops that require free draining soils
  • May result in accumulation of salts

Areas where basin irrigation is being practiced in kenya: mwea tebere, ahero, bunyala, west kano etc

  1. d) Boarder irrigation

This is where parallel ridges guide a sheet of water that spread cover a relatively flat, but slanting piece of land. The ridges form long boarders. This method is applied where:

  • Soils have low to relatively high infiltration capacity
  • Crops are closely spaced, such as wheat, barley fodder crops as well as legumes

Advantages of boarder irrigation

  • Its easy and simple to operate
  • Requires less labour as compared to basin irrigation
  • Boarder ridges can be constructed economically with simple farm implements eg ox drawn ridgers
  • Large irrigation streams can be efficiently used
  1. Sub surface irrigation

This is a system of irrigation where water is supplied to crops using underground perforated pipelines or any other porous medium that make water available from below the soil surface. Pipes sometimes referred to as conduits

The system is suitable in soils of high capillarity and water holding capacity

Advantages of sub surface irrigation

  • Little labour requirements
  • No need to construct dykes or soil grading
  • Can be practiced on both sloppy and flat land
  • Water does not cause soil erosion
  • Does not encourage fungal diseases
  • Economizes use of water
  • Minimizes theft of pipes

Disadvantages of sub surface irrigation

  • Its expensive method ie to buy pipes and to lay them
  • Pipes can be broken during weeding
  • Nozzles can get blocked
  1. Overhead irrigation

This is the application of water above the crops by means of sprinklers or watering cans. Wind breaks should be constructed to avoid misdirecting the water.

Advantages of overhead irrigation

  • Water is evenly distributed over the required area
  • There is less water wastage than in furrow irrigation
  • It can be practiced on slopy grounds
  • Foliar fertilizers can be applied together with irrigation water thus reducing labour costs
  • Sprinkler systems can be easily be moved from one place to another

Disadvantages of overhead irrigation

  • Its expensive to install
  • Encourages fungal diseases eg blight, CBD
  • Causes soil erosion
  • Requires establishment of wind breaks

Sprinklers used are: oscillatory sprinklers, spring loaded sprinklers

Sprinklers can also be classified into: rotating head, perforated pipe system

Maintenance of sprinklers and pipes

  • Lubricate the rotating parts
  • Repair broken parts
  • Cleaning and unblock the nozzles
  1. Drip/Trickle irrigation

Here pipes with tiny perforations are used. As water passes through the plastic pipes, water comes out through the holes in small amounts and drips to the ground.

Advantages of drip irrigation

  • Requires little amount of water
  • Can also use water of low pressure
  • Discourages fungal diseases eg blight, CBD
  • Does not encourage the growth of weeds
  • Can be used in sloppy topography

Disadvantages of drip irrigation

  • Pipes are expensive to buy and install
  • Require clean water, since dirty water will block the perforations

Factors to consider when choosing irrigation equipment

  • Capital availability
  • Topography
  • Availability of repair and maintenance
  • Type and source of power
  • Source

DRAINAGE

This is the method of removing excess water from water logged land. It’s a method of land reclaimation.

Land reclaimation is the process of bringing back waste land to agricultural production

Importance of drainage

  • Improves soil aeration: removal of excess water around the root zone allows for enough air for proper growth
  • Increases soil volume: increases the amount of soil around the roots
  • To raise the soil temperature: improves the rate at which soil worms up for better plant growth
  • Increases microbial activities: micro organisms in the soil increase in number due to proper aeration, they help to improve soil structure and make plant food more readily available
  • Reduce soil erosion: well drained soils have higher water holding capacity which helps to reduce water run off and increase infiltration
  • Remove toxic substances: due to water logging, soluble salts such as those of sodium increases in concentration to levels that are toxic to plants or may retard growth

Methods of drainage

Use of open ditches:

  • ditches are dug for the water to flow in by gravity to a water way thereby lowering the water table. May be U shaped or V shaped or trapezoidal

Underground drain pipes:

perforated pipes are laid underground. Water then seeps from the surrounding area into the pipes and flows to a water away. Such drains do not interfere with field operations. The pipes may be made of steel, clay or plastic materials

 

French drains:

  • ditches are dug, filled with stones and gravel, then covered with soil. Water from the surrounding area seeps into these drains and is carried into a water way

Cambered beds:

raised beds are constructed on the poorly drained soils

Pumping: where other methods of drainage are not possible, water is pumped out.

Areas where drainage has been carried out in kenya are: yala and bunyala to control flooding, ahero to control flooding of river nyando, loriaan region

 

WATER POLLUTION

This is the contamination of water by either chemical, industrial wastes, farm residues etc, making it unsafe for human beings and animals.

Agricultural practices that pollute water

  • Fertilizer and pesticides: chemicals compound found in the fertilizers and other pesticides do not decompose easily, hence they find their way into water sources through drainage, irrigation channels, erosion, seepage and leaching
  • Improper disposal of used farm chemicals: when containers contaminated with chemicals are disposed of into water sources, the result is water pollution
  • Damping of farm wastes: farm wastes such as slurry, manure used polythene, dead animals etc when improperly disposed of cause water pollution.
  • When land is cultivated or the soil is left bare erosion will easily occur leading to contamination through unwanted soil
  • Blockage of irrigation channels and water ways prevents free flow of water leading to stagnation of contaminated water
  • When pit latrines and sewage sites are located near water sources, they cause pollution
  • Other sources of pollution include industrial wastes and generalized contamination in the atmosphere and the environment

Methods of preventing water pollution

  • Practice organic farming
  • Safe disposal of used farm chemicals and industrial wastes
  • Proper location of pit latrines, sewage sites and waste dumps
  • Control of irrigation and establishment of grassed water ways to purify the water
  • Controlled use of fertilizers, manures and farm chemicals
  • Ensuring that the water source is free from contamination from the farm
  • Treating and piping water for farm use

 

 

SOIL FERTILITY I

This is the ability of the soil to produce and maintain high yields of crops for an indefinite period.

Characteristics of fertile soil

  • Should have good depth
  • Be well drained not water logged
  • Well aerated
  • Good water holding capacity
  • Supply nutrients needed by plants in correct amount and form available to plants
  • Correct soil pH for different crops
  • Free from crop pests and diseases

How soil loses fertility

  • Continuous growing of arable crops: continuous cultivation makes the soil loose and liable to erosion, this leads to lose of fertility.
  • Mono cropping: growing of crops every season leads to depletion of soil nutrients
  • Soil erosion: This leads to lose of top fertile soil
  • Leaching: leads to lose of soil nutrients into the lower horizons of the profile
  • Poor soil aeration: if soil is poorly aerated, the denitrifying bacteria increase in number and they make the infertile by converting nitrates into free nitrogen.
  • Poor drainage of the soil: If the soil poorly drained, the soil becomes flooded, forms acid soils which are useless for cultivation
  • Dry soils: If the soils are dry, the nutrients cannot be dissolved to be used by crops
  • Change of pH: soil pH influences the availability of certain nutrients eg low pH decreases solubility of phosphorus and high pH also decreases the availability of K, Mn etc
  • Accumulation of salts: certain salts usually become toxi if present in excess eg Mn, boron, fluorine etc
  • Burning of land: burning of land kills certain micro organisms and destroys certain nutrients

Ways of maintaining soil fertility

  • Control of soil erosion: control of erosion prevents loss of top fertile soil
  • Crop rotation : this ensures maximum utilization of crop nutrients. Also helps to control pest and diseases, will also add nutrients if legumes are included in the rotation
  • Maintaining soil pH: when soil pH is maintained at given ranges, particular nutrients will be available in the soils
  • Proper drainage: soil should be well drained to eliminate flooding
  • Weed control: control of weeds ensures no competition for nutrients, adequate space for crops and destroys alternate hosts for crop pests and diseases.
  • Minimum tillage: this helps to maintain soil structure and prevent erosion
  • Use of manures: manures supply a wide range of plant nutrients to the soil
  • Use of inorganic fertilizers: inorganic fertilizers supply specific plant nutrients

Organic matter, humus, and manures

Organic matter: this is the remains of dead plants and animals and their waste products

Humus: humus is the decayed organic matter ie the remains of plants and animals which have decomposed

Manure: manures are organic substances that are added to the soil to provide one or more plants nutrients. They have high matter content

Roles of organic matter in the soil

  • Increases water holding capacity and also water infiltration due to its colloidal nature
  • Releases a wide range of nutrients into the soil thus improves fertility
  • Provides food and shelter to micro organisms such as ants and rodents
  • Improves soil structure by binding soil particles
  • Buffers soil pH by avoiding rapid chemical changes due to the addition of lime and fertilizers
  • Reduces toxicity of plants poisons that have built up on the soil as a result of continous use of pesticides and fungicides

Classification of manures

Manures are classified according to: method of preparation and nutrients from which they are prepared.

There are 3 types of manures:

  1. Farmyard manure
  2. Compost manure
  3. Green manure

 

  1. Farmyard manure

Farmyard manure is a mixture of animal waste (urine and dung) and crop residues used as animal beddings.

Importance of farmyard manure

  • Increases yield of the crop
  • Adds organic matter into the soil and improves the texture and water holding capacity of thee soil
  • Adds useful bacteria to the soil

Factors influencing the quality of FYM

  • Type of animals: dung from fattening animals is richer in nutrients than farm growing animals which extract a lot of phosphorus from food eaten
  • Type of food eaten: the richer the food in terms of minerals the richer will be the manure
  • Type of litter used: wood shavings and saw dust are slow to decompose and contain no nutrients and absorb 1.5 times as much urine as their weight, while nappier grass provide both N and P, but has low absorptive capacity.
  • Method of storage: farmyard manure must be stored well in a place with a cemented floor and covered roof. The N and P are soluble and therefore can get leached by heavy rains
  • Age of FYM: well rotten manure is richer in nutrients and easier to handle and mix with the soil

Preparation of farmyard manure

  • A bedding of grass, wood shavings or saw dust is provided in the house of farm animals eg cattle, sheep
  • The animals deposit their droppings and urine on the bedding materials
  • After some time, ie daily, months or more as in poultry, the beddings are replaced with new ones
  • The discarded beddings are deposited in a specially prepared shaded place
  • New layers of used beddings are continuous added until a heap is formed
  • N/B: decomposition and mineralization of the materials take place through activities of certain bacteria resulting in a rich manure

 

  1. Green manure

This is  a type of manure prepared from green plants. The plants are grown for the purpose of incorporating into the soil when its green at the flowering stage for the purpose of improving soil fertility.

Characteristics of plants used for green manure

  • They should be highly vegetative or leafy
  • They should have faster growth rate
  • They should have high nitrogen content, thus preferably legumes
  • The plants must be capable of rotting quickly
  • The plants should be hardy ie can establish in poor conditions

Reasons why green manure is not commonly used

  • Most of the crops grown are food crops and its hard for people to use them as green manure
  • Green manure crops might use most of the soil moisture and leave very little for next main crop
  • Most of the nutrients are used up by micro organisms in the process of decomposing the green manure plant. These will only be released by micro organisms when they die.
  • It takes time for green manure crop to decompose and therefore planting is delayed

Preparation of green manure

  • The plant to be used is planted in the field
  • The plant is allowed to grow up to flowering stage
  • Its then incorporated into the soil by ploughing
  • Left for 2hrs to decompose after which the field is prepared for planting the main crop
  1. Compost manure

Compost manure is the accumulation of plants residue, mixed with animal waste, piled together in a heap where conditions are conducive for decomposition, sometimes contain refuse and kitchen left over foods

 

 

 

 

Preparation of compost manure

There are two methods namely:

  1. Indore method
  2. Four heap system (stalk method)
  3. Indore method

This was devised in a place called Indore in India

Procedure

  • A pit is prepared which is 1 – 2 m deep. The material to be made into compost is placed is placed.
  • The first layer 0.5m deep consist of fresh material to be made into compost eg grass, maize stalk refuse etc
  • The layer is followed by dung, old compost to provide micro organisms to decompose the fresh material
  • Artificial fertilizers eg SSP and Muriate of potash are added to increase the nutrient level of the compost

N/B: Nitrogenous fertilizers are not added because they are easily leached

  • The 2nd layer is followed by a layer of top soil with micro organisms to decompose plant and animal remains
  • The same is repeated until the pit is full. Its also kept moist by applying water during dry season
      Pit        Pit          Pit         Pit        Pit
        1          2            3           4         5

 

Pit 1, 2, 3, and 4 are simultaneously filled and after 3 – 4 wks, the materials in pit 4 is taken to pit 5

This process is repeated until the material that was prepared 1st is well rotten and taken to the field as composed.

 

 

  1. The Four heap system
 

            x

 

           y

 

 

 

 

 

 

                x

 

         z

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • In this method, 4 – 7 heaps are used.
  • Materials used are crop residue, animal waste old manure FYM or onorganic fertilizers and top soil.
  • The materials is placed in heap X, then transferred to heap Y after  3 – 4 wks. After another 3 – 4 wks, the compost is taken to heap Z  where it stays for another 3 – 4 wks then taken to the field

N/B: The manure heaps must be turned occasionally at least every 3 months to facilitate circulation within the heap, manure should be ready after 6 months.

Cross section through a compost heap

  • N/B: too much water runs the compost
  • Too little water stop the bacterial action
  • Always keep the compost under cover of grass and soil
  • Posts are fixed at a distance of 1.2 m a part to form the 4 corners of the heap, the post should be 2m high

Factors to consider when selecting a site for compost manure

  • Drainage of the site
  • Direction of prevailing wind
  • Size of the farm ie centrally placed
  • Accessibility

Problems associated with organic manures

  • Bulkiness
  • Laborious in application and transport
  • They spread diseases, pests and weeds
  • Loose nutrients when poorly stored eg through leaching
  • If not fully decomposed, crops will not benefit since it releases nutrients which can scotch the crops

 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS I

Economics: this is the study of how man and society choose with or without money to employ scarce resources to produce goods and services over a period of time and eventually distribute them for consumption now and in the future.

Agricultural economics: this is an applied science that aims at maximizing out put while minimizing costs by combining the limited factors of production to produce goods and services for use by the society over a period of time.

Factors of production

  • Land
  • Capital
  • Labour
  • Management/entrepreneurship

Basic concepts of economics

These concepts include:

  1. Scarcity
  2. Preference and choice
  3. Opportunity cost
  4. Scarcity

Scarcity means limited in supply

The factors of production named above are scarce and the production needs are many therefore the need for choice

  1. Preference and choice

Since the factors of production are limited, the farmer needs to make a choice on what to produce. This choice has to be guided by the needs of the society and the preference of the farmer on what he needs to produce.

  1. Opportunity cost

When the farmer makes a choice on what to produce, he is forced to leave others due to scarcity of resources eg a piece of land is suitable for growing both rice and maize and he choose to grow maize, the value that could have been derived from rice becomes the opportunity cost.

Opportunity cost is the value of the best foregone alternative

 

FARM RECORDS

Farm records can be defined as the systemic entries and storage of information of various farm business activities and transactions in appropriate books and sheets.

Uses of farm records

  • Helps to compare the performance of different enterprises within a farm
  • Show the history of the farm
  • Guides a farmer in planning and budgeting of farm operations
  • Help to detect loses or theft on the farm
  • Help in the assessment of income tax to avoid over or under taxation
  • Helps to determine the value of the farm or to determine the assets and liabilities of the farm
  • Make it easy to share the profits and loses in partnership
  • Helps in settling dispute among heirs to the estate when a farmer dies without leaving a will
  • Help to show whether a farm business is making profits or loses
  • Helps in supporting insurance claims on death, theft etc
  • Provide labour information like terminal benefits eg NSSF

Types of farm records

  1. Production records
  2. Inventory records
  3. Field operation records
  4. Breeding records
  5. Feeding records
  6. Marketing records
  7. Labour records
  8. Inventory records

This is the physical count of everything that the farm owns and all that it owes others. There are two types of inventory records namely:

  1. Consumable goods inventory
  2. Permanent goods inventory
  3. a) Consumable goods inventory

This is inventory showing a list of goods which normally are used up during a production process, therefore needs constant replacement. Such goods include:

  • Fertilizers
  • Livestock feeds
  • Planting materials eg seeds
  • Chemicals eg insecticides, herbicides
  • Sisal ropes and strings etc

Example of consumable goods inventory

        RECIEPTS    ISSUES
DATE ITEM QUANTITY DATE ISSUED TO QUANTITY BALANCE IN STORE
             

 

  1. b) Permanent goods inventory

    This is inventory showing a list of goods which are permanent in nature ie the type of goods which will not get used up in the production process such goods include:

  • Farm machinery and implements
  • Farm equipment and buildings
  • Livestock such as breeding stock
  • Annual crops
  • Hand tools
  • Land (arable)

Example of permanent goods inventory

DATE ITEM QUANTITY WRITTEN OFF BALANCE IN STOCK REMARKS
           

 

  1. Production records

This is a record which show the total yield from each enterprise and also the yield per unit of the enterprise.

Example of production records (dairy milk production record)

Month…………………………………………………………year……………………………………………………

Name or no. of cow   Days of the month
  1 2 3 4              31st day TOTAL
5AM 5PM 5AM 5PM 5AM 5PM 5AM 5PM              
BETA                              
ZABAH                              
MOON                              
TOTAL                

 

Example of production record ( crop)

Plot/field No. 15

CROP SIZE OF FARM SEED RATE DATE OF PLANTING DATE OF HARVESTING YIELD IN BAGS
           

 

  1. Field operation records

This record contains all the activities carried out in the production from land preparation, planting to harvesting. It contains the following information:

  • Date of land preparation
  • The size of field
  • Crop variety planted
  • Type and amount of fertilizer applied
  • Seed rate

Example of field operation record

SEASON……………………………………………………………….FIELD NO………………………………………………………

Crop grown………………………………………………………….Variety……………………………………………………………

Ploughing date……………………………………………………..Planting time…………………………………………………

INPUTS

Seed rate kg/ha…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Fertilizer at planting………………………………………………Amount………………………………………………………..

Top dressing………………………………………………………….Amount……………………………………………………….

Other treatment………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Pests ……………………………………………………………………..Control………………………………………………………..

Diseases ………………………………………………………………..Control……………………………………………………….

Weeds ……………………………………………………………………Control………………………………………………………

Other treatment…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

OUTPUT

Harvesting date…………………………………………………………..Method used…………………………………………

Yield /hac…………………………………………………………………….

 

Remarks…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Breeding records

These are records showing the breeding activities and programmes for different animals in the farm.

Importance of breeding records

  • Help the farmer to plan his breeding programmes
  • Help in selection of animals within a herd

Example of cattle breeding record

Name/No. of cow Name of bull/sire Date of service Date of pregnancy diognosis Expected date of calving Actual date of calving Sex of calf Wt. of calf rmks
                 

N/B: students to draw sheep, pig, and sow breeding records

  1. Feeding records

This is a record showing the type and amount of feeds used in the farm.

Example of feeding records

Month:……………………………………….

Enterprise…………………………………..

Type of feed……………………………….

 

Date No. of animals Amount received (kg) Amount used (kg) Balance in stock (kg) remarks
           

 

Education Hub Grade 9 Exams with Answers {Latest}

Download free Education Hub Grade 9 Exams with Answers {Latest} here:

Free Grade 9 Exams {Latest}

Download the latest Free Grade 9 Exams below: GRADE-9-TERM-2-CRE-LESSON-PLANS GRADE-9-TERM-2-CREATIVE-LESSON-PLANS GRADE-9-TERM-2-AGRINUTRITION-LESSON-PLANS GRADE-9-TERM-2-ENGLISH-LESSON-PLANS-1 GRADE-9-TERM-2-ENGLISH-LESSON-PLANS GRADE-9-TERM-2-KISWAHILI-LESSON-PLANS GRADE-9-TERM-2-MATHEMATICS-LESSON-PLANS GRADE-9-TERM-2-PRETECHNICAL-LESSON-PLANS

CBC Grade 9 Exams, Notes, Schemes & Assessment Materials

Here is a collection of free CBC Grade 9 Exams, Notes, Schemes & Assessment Materials. Download at no cost.

Knec KJSEA Grade 9 Exams Structure: Subjects & Content Distribution

KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL KENYA JUNIOR SCHOOL ASSESSMENT PAPERS AND CONTENT DISTRIBUTION GRADE 9 KJSEA EXAMS STRUCTURE. PAPER CODE DURATION CONTENT  DISTRIBUTION MARKS NATURE ENGLISH 901/1 1HR40MINS COMPREHENSION (3 PASSAGES) 20 MULTIPLE CHOICES ORAL SKILLS 5 CLOZETEST 10 GRAMMAR 15   TOTAL- 50MKS 901/2 1HR 50MINS COMPOSITION 15 ESSAY/ STRUCTURED ORAL LITERATURE 10 POETRY 5 DRAMA 10 NOVELLA 10   TOTAL-…
Best online courses

Grade 9 Notes, Schemes of Work & Exams {Ultimate Downloads}

FREE GRADE 9 RESOURCES 1: Grade 9 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3 2: Grade 9 Comprehensive Exams {1,000 plus downloads} 3: Grade 9 Latest Rationalized Notes 4: Grade 9…

Grade 9 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3

Unlimited Grade 9 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3 downloads available below: AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-MS-MD AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-QSS-MD animal-production-topical-questions-and-answers-grade-8-agriculture-and-nutrition CREATIVE-ARTS-MS-MD CREATIVE-ARTS-QS-MD ENGLISH-MS-MD ENGLISH-QS-MD G9-AGRICULTURE G9-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-PAPER-1-THEORY G9-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-pp1 G9-CAS G9-COMPOSITION G9-CRE (1) G9-CREATIVE-ARTS-PRACTICAL G9-CREATIVE-ARTS-THEORY G9-ENGLISH G9-ENGLISH-1 G9-ENGLISH-2 G9-ENGLISH-PAPER-1 G9-ENGLISH-PAPER-2 G9-HRE G9-INSHA G9-INSHA-1 G9-INTEGRATED G9-INTEGRATED-1 G9-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-PRACTICAL G9-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-THEORY-PAPER G9-IRE (1) G9-KISWAHILI G9-KISWAHILI-1 G9-KISWAHILI-PAPER-1 G9-KISWAHILI-PAPER-2 (1) G9-KSL-PRACTICAL G9-KSL-THEORY G9-MATHEMATICS (1) G9-MATHEMATICS (1) G9-MATHEMATICS (2) G9-MATHEMATICS-1 G9-PRETECHNICAL G9-PRETECHNICAL-1 G9-PRETECHNICAL-STUDIES-THEORY G9-RELIGIOUS G9-RELIGIOUS-1 G9-SOCIAL-STUDIES (2) G9-SST G9-SST-1 GRADE-9-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-PAPER-2-PROJECT GRADE-9-CREATIVE-ARTS-AND-SPORTS-PAPER-1-THEORY GRADE-9-CREATIVE-ARTS-AND-SPORTS-PAPER-2-PRACTICAL GRADE-9-CRE-THEORY-PAPER GRADE-9-ENGLISH-PAPER-1 GRADE-9-ENGLISH-PAPER-2 GRADE-9-HINDU-RELIGIOUS-EDUCATION GRADE-9-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-PAPER-1-THEORY GRADE-9-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-PAPER-2-PRACTICALS GRADE-9-ISLAMIC-RELIGIOUS-EDUCATION GRADE-9-KENYA-SIGN-LANGUAGE-PAPER-1-THEORY-1 GRADE-9-KENYA-SIGN-LANGUAGE-PAPER-1-THEORY-2 GRADE-9-KISWAHILI-PAPER-1 GRADE-9-KISWAHILI-PAPER-2 GRADE-9-MATHEMATICS GRADE-9-PRETECHNICAL-STUDIES-PAPER-1-THEORY GRADE-9-PRETECHNICAL-STUDIES-PAPER-2-PROJECT GRADE-9-SOCIAL-STUDIES-PAPER GRADE-9-SOCIAL-STUDIES-PAPER-1 CBC Grade 9 Free…

Grade 9 Comprehensive Exams {1,000 plus downloads}

Grade 9 Comprehensive Exams {1,000 plus downloads}: G9-MARKING-SCHEME G9-PTS G9-SST G9-MAT G9-KIS G9-INTS G9-IRE-1 (1) G9-ENG G9-ENG-1 G9-AGN G9-CAS (1) G9-CRE-1 (1) KISWAHILI-PP1-KAZI-YA-ZAIDA KISWAHILI-PP2-KAZI-YA-ZIADA GRADE-9-PRETECHNICAL-STUDIES-HOMEWORK GRADE-9-ENGLISH-PP1-HOMEWORK GRADE-9-INT-SCIENCE-PP1-HOMEWORK GRADE-9-CREATIVE-ARTS-AND-SPORTS-HOMEWORK GRADE-9-CRE-HOMEWORK GRADE-9-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-HOMEWORK G9-SOCIAL-STUDIES-HOMEWORK G9-MATHEMATICS-HOMEWORK G9-IRE-HOMEWORK G9-ENGLISH-PP2-HOMEWORK G9 SST PRE-TEC MATHS Marking-Scheme KISWAHILI-PAPER-1 KISWAHILI-PAPER-2 ENGLISH-PAPER-2 INTEGRATED AGRIC ENGLISH-PAPER-1 CRE GRADE-9-KJSEA-CBC-EXAM-MCQ-ANSWER-SHEET GRADE-9-PRETECHNICAL-STUDIES-912-PP1 GRADE-9-ENGLISH-901-PP1 GRADE-9-ENGLISH-901-PP2 GRADE-9-KISWAHILI-902-PP1-1 GRADE-9-KISWAHILI-902-PP2-1 GRADE-9-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-905-PP1 GRADE-9-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-905-PP2 GRADE-9-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-906-PP1 GRADE-9-CREATIVE-ARTS-AND-SPORTS-911-PP2 G9-SOCIAL-STUDIES-907 G9-MATHEMATICS-903 CRE-908 G9-MATHEMATICS GRADE-9-KISWAHILI-902-PP1 G9-MATHEMATICS-1 G9-SOCIAL-STUDIES (1) GRADE-9-KISWAHILI-902-PP2 G9-IRE-909 G9-KISWAHILI-PAPER-2 G9-PRETECHNICAL-STUDIES G9-KISWAHILI-PP2-Insha-Fasihi G9-AGRICULTURE G9-ENGLISH-PP1 G9-MATHEMATICS-2 G9-AGRINUTRITION G9-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-PP1 G9-KISWAHILI-PP1 G9-IRE G9-PRETECHNICAL G9-CAS G9-ENGLISH-PP2 G9-INTEGRATED G9-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-PP2 G9-CRE G9-IRE-1 G9-KISWAHILI G9-CRE-1 G9-ENGLISH G9-SOCIAL More Grade 9 Comprehensive Exams Downloads Free Grade 9 Exams {Latest} CBC Grade 9 Exams,…

KJSEA Grade 9 KNEC Exam Revision Papers

Get free KJSEA Grade 9 KNEC Exam Revision Papers and exams here: FREE CBC KJSEA FREE CBC KJSEA G9-CRE.doc FREE CBC KJSEA G9-Agriculture-paper-2.doc FREE CBC KJSEA G9-agriculture-paper-1.doc FREE CBC KJSEA G9-Creattive-arts-and-sports-paper-2.doc FREE CBC…

Grade 9 KJSEA exams and answers

Download free Grade 9 KJSEA exams and answers below: G9-ENGLISH.docx G9-KISWAHILI.docx G9-INTEGRATED.docx G9-PRETECHNICAL.docx G9-CAS.docx G9-SOCIAL.docx G9-CRE-1.docx GRADE 9 KJSEA  MAT KEY AREAS.pdf GRADE 9 KJSEA  SST KEY AREAS.pdf G9 KJSEA MAT BLUE PRINT PREDICTION.pdf GRADE…

Grade 9 Free Resources: Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work Pdf

Grade 9 Free Resources: In need of free Grade Nine schemes of work, notes, exams and other revision materials? Look no further. Here is…

CBC Grade 9 Free JS Exams For all Subjects

Download CBC Grade 9 Free JS Exams For all Subjects here: GRADE 9 SOCIAL STUDIES TERM 1 2025 MID-TERM EXAM.pdf 2023 jesma 009 social studies.pdf 2023 jesma…

KJSEA Grade 9 Free CBC exams Plus Marking schemes

Download Grade 9 Free CBC exams Plus Marking schemes: G9 AGRIC TW 003.pdf G9 Kisw PP1 TW003.pdf G9 INTEGRETED sci TW 003.pdf G9 ENG TW 003.pdf G9 Sst TW003.pdf G9pretech…

Knec to roll out end of Junior School Exams for Grade 9

The Kenya National Examinations Council (Knec) is in advanced stages of preparing to conduct a pilot end of junior school assessment before October in…
Best online courses

How 2025 Grade 9 CBC Exams (KJSEA) will be set plus dates

Grade 9 CBC Exams: Knec announces structure and dates for Grade 9 final KJSEA The Kenya National Examinations Council (KNEC) has released a schedule showing…

PP1 end term exams free

Get the latest and largest collection of free Pre-Primary One (PP1) free exams for CBC assessment, here. We provide free and unlimited access to these and many more CBC resources in our TEACHERS’ RESOURCES PORTAL. Try our free education resources today.

FREE PP1 CBC ASSESSMENT EXAMS

PP1 INTERGRATED ACTIVITIES EXAMS

INTERGRATED ACTIVITIES PP1 FREE EXAMS

INTERGRATED LEARNING ACTIVITIES FREE EXAMS

PP1 CRE EXAMS

CRE PP1 FREE EXAMS 1

CRE ACTIVITIES PP1 FREE EXAMS 2

CRE ACTIVITIES PP1 FREE EXAMS 3

CRE ACTIVITIES PP1 FREE EXAMS 4

CRE ACTIVITIES PP1 FREE EXAMS 5

PP1 CREATIVE ACTIVITIES EXAMS

CREATIVE ACTIVITIES PP1 FREE EXAMS

PP1 CREATIVE ART FREE EXAMS

PSYCHOMOTOR PP1 FREE EXAMS

CREATIVE ACTIVITIES PP1 FREE EXAMS

CREATIVE PP1 (1) FREE EXAMS

CREATIVE ACTIVITIES PP1 FREE EXAMS

PP1 CREATIVE ACTIVITIES (1) FREE EXAMS

CREATIVE PP1 FREE EXAMS

PP1 CREATIVE ACTIVITIES FREE EXAMS

 PP1 ENVIRONMENTAL EXAMS

ENVIRONMENTAL PP 1 FREE EXAMS FREE EXAMS 1

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 2

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 3

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 4

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 5

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 6

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 7

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 8 

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 9

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 10

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 11

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 12

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 13

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL  14

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 15

FREE EXAMS ENVIRONMENTAL 16

PP1 KISWAHILI ACTIVITIES FREE EXAMS

FREE EXAMS KISWAHILI ACTIVITIES 1

FREE EXAMS KISWAHILI ACTIVITIES 2

FREE EXAMS KISWAHILI ACTIVITIES

PP1 LITERACY FREE EXAMS

FREE EXAMS READING ACTIVITIES 1

FREE EXAMS READING ACTIVITIES 2

FREE PP1 EXAMS READING ACTIVITIES 3

FREE EXAMS LITERACY 1

FREE EXAMS LITERACY 2

FREE EXAMS LITERACY 3

FREE EXAMS LITERACY 4

PP1 ENGLISH/ LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES FREE EXAMS 

FREE PP1 EXAMS ENGLISH ACTIVITIES 1

FREE PP1 EXAMS ENGLISH ACTIVITIES 2

FREE PP1 EXAMS ENGLISH ACTIVITIES 3

FREE PP1 EXAMS ENGLISH LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES 4

FREE PP1 EXAMS ENGLISH ACTIVITIES 5

FREE PP1 EXAMS ENGLISH ACTIVITIES 6

FREE PP1 EXAMS ENGLISH ACTIVITIES 7

FREE PP1 EXAMS LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES 1

FREE PP1 EXAMS LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES 2

FREE PP1 EXAMS LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES 3

FREE PP1 EXAMS LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES 4

FREE PP1 EXAMS LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES 5

FREE PP1 EXAMS LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES 6

FREE PP1 EXAMS LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES

FREE PP1 EXAMS LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES

MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES FREE PP1 EXAMS 

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 1

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 2

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 3

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 4

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 5

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 6

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 7

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 8

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 9

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 10

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 11

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 12

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 13

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 14

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 15

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 16

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 17

FREE PP1 EXAMS MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES 18

OTHER AVAILABLE HOT PP1 DOWNLOADS!!

Free Updated Primary school schemes of work Downloads for all classes, grades and PP1-2 (Term 1-3)

Free Lower Primary (Grade 1-6), PP1 and PP2 free notes, Schemes.

List of all Private Colleges in Kenya, Courses List and Fees

List of all Private Colleges in Kenya, Courses List and Fees

Private Colleges

  1. African Institute of Research and Development Studies
  2. Beauty Point College
  3. Bishop Locati Technical Training Institute
  4. Bridgeworld College
  5. Cascade Institute of Hospitality
  6. Clastars College
  7. College of Human Resource Management
  8. Equip Africa College of Medical & Health Sciences
  9. Equip Africa Institute
  10. Embu College
  11. Gretsa Institute of Technical & Professional Studies
  12. Hemland College of Proffessional & Technical Studies
  13. Highlands State Technical College
  14. ICDL Africa Ltd
  15. JFC Munene College
  16. Joan School Of Nursing
  17. Jodan College of Technology
  18. KAN College Of Professional Studies
  19. KCA Technical College
  20. Kenya Aeronautical College
  21. Kenya Christian Industrial Training Institute
  22. Kenya Institute Of Management
  23. Kenya Institute of Social Work and Community Development
  24. Kenya School of Medical Science and Technology
  25. Kenya YMCA College of Agriculture & Technology
  26. KIPS Technical College
  27. Machakos Institute of Technology
  28. Mahanaim Educational Institute (College)
  29. Maseno School of Nursing & Health Sciences
  30. Nairobi Aviation College
  31. Nairobi College of Bread and Confectionery Technology
  32. Nairobi Institute of Technology
  33. Nairobi Technical Training Institute
  34. Nairobi Womens Hospital College
  35. Nakuru Training Institute
  36. Oshwal College
  37. Outspan Medical College
  38. Rachuonyo Teachers Training College
  39. Rift Valley Institute of Business Studies
  40. Sagana Technical Training Institute
  41. Sensei Institute of Technology
  42. SOS Technical Training Institute
  43. Stanbridge College
  44. St. Columba’s Technical Training College
  45. Span Institute of Technology
  46. Technical Institute
  47. Traction School Of Governance And Business
  48. Transafric Accountancy and Management College
  49. Tropical Institute of Community Health
  50. Uwezo College
  51. Vantage Teachers Training College
  52. Vera Beauty College
  53. VICODEC Technical Training Institute
  54. Vihiga College of Business and Technical Training
  55. Vitech Training Institute

Rongo University Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Rongo University Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

RONGO UNIVERSITY

PROGRAMMES ON OFFER FOR 2023/2024 CYCLE

# PROGRAMME CODE PROGRAMME NAME INSTITUTION TYPE YEAR 1 – PROGRAMME COST 2022 CUTOFF 2021 CUTOFF 2020 CUTOFF
1 1073101 BACHELOR OF ARTS KSH 122,400 27.808
2 1073109 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATHEMATICS) KSH 224,400 19.914 20.100 20.048
3 1073112 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BIOCHEMISTRY) KSH 244,800 16.974 17.459 16.791
4 1073115 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (COMPUTER SCIENCE) KSH 306,000 18.638 19.223 19.481
5 1073122 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (AGRICULTURE) KSH 275,400 17.043 17.459 16.791
6 1073123 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MICROBIOLOGY) KSH 244,800 16.974 17.459 16.791
7 1073133 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (B.COM) KSH 183,600 21.444
8 1073135 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (ARTS) KSH 183,600 27.670 23.905 28.652
9 1073137 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (SCIENCE) KSH 244,800 27.259 22.636 31.536
10 1073150 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INFORMATION SCIENCE) KSH 204,000 21.444 22.544 22.361
11 1073151 BACHELOR OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT KSH 183,600 21.444 22.544 22.361
12 1073155 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION KSH 244,800 25.498 22.636 27.545
13 1073157 BACHELOR OF TOURISM MANAGEMENT KSH 204,000 24.248 22.544 22.361
14 1073182 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (COMMUNICATION & JOURNALISM) KSH 204,000 27.901 25.295 27.735
15 1073185 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (HORTICULTURE) KSH 275,400 17.043 17.459 16.791
16 1073189 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HUMAN REOURCE MANAGEMENT KSH 183,600 25.574 23.052 22.361
17 1073213 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE) KSH 244,800 17.043 17.459 16.791
18 1073215 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS & RESOURCE MANAGEMENT) KSH 275,400 16.974 17.459 16.791
19 1073217 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (FASHION DESIGN AND TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY) KSH 204,000 24.279 17.459 16.791
20 1073222 BACHELOR OF HOTEL AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT KSH 204,000 24.915 22.544 22.361
21 1073223 BACHELOR OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT KSH 204,000 22.353
22 1073247 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT KSH 183,600 21.444
23 1073292 BACHELOR OF ARTS (GEOGRAPHY) KSH 153,000 24.656 19.921 24.111
24 1073295 BACHELOR OF ARTS IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS KSH 153,000 27.008 22.926 26.703
25 1073298 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENTREPRENEURSHIP) KSH 183,600 21.444 22.544 22.361
26 1073324 BACHELOR OF ARTS (KISWAHILI) KSH 153,000 25.083 22.926 28.638
27 1073327 BACHELOR OF PROJECT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT KSH 183,600 22.895 22.544 22.361
28 1073366 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (PHYSICS) KSH 224,400 16.974 17.459 16.791
29 1073417 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION AND EDUCATION) KSH 275,400 22.531 17.459 16.791
30 1073428 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INFORMATICS) KSH 204,000 18.638 19.223 19.481
31 1073450 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (COMMUNICATION AND PUBLIC RELATIONS) KSH 204,000 22.916 22.926 25.232
32 1073462 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BOTANY) KSH 244,800 16.974 17.459 16.791
33 1073464 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ZOOLOGY) KSH 244,800 16.974 17.459 16.791
34 1073500 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (GRAPHIC, COMMUNICATION AND ADVERTISING) KSH 204,000 26.681 22.926 22.210
35 1073513 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (CHEMISTRY) KSH 224,400 16.974 17.459 16.791
36 1073520 BACHELOR OF ARTS (LINGUISTIC) KSH 153,000 22.916 22.926 25.330
37 1073543 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (HEALTH RECORDS AND INFORMATICS) KSH 204,000 23.913 17.459 22.361
38 1073550 BACHELOR OF ARTS (POLITICAL SCIENCE AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION) KSH 153,000 25.712 22.926 26.095
39 1073555 DIPLOMA IN SALES & MARKETING KSH 59,420
40 1073557 DIPLOMA IN FASHION DESIGN & CLOTHING KSH 59,420
41 1073587 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (AGRIBUSINESS) KSH 204,000 16.974 17.459 16.791
42 1073601 DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING TECHNICIANS KSH 59,420
43 1073621 BACHELOR OF ARTS (LINGUISTICS, MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION) KSH 204,000 25.134 22.926 25.195
44 1073646 BACHELOR OF ARTS (ECONOMICS) KSH 183,600 19.914 20.100 20.048
45 1073657 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT KSH 204,000 17.043 17.459 22.361
46 1073722 DIPLOMA IN GENERAL AGRICULTURE KSH 59,420
47 1073729 DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS KSH 59,420
48 1073755 DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT KSH 59,420
49 1073758 DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT) KSH 59,420
50 1073771 DIPLOMA IN SOCIAL WORK AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT KSH 59,420
51 1073806 BACHELOR OF ARTS (SOCIOLOGY) KSH 153,000 22.916 22.926 24.492
52 1073876 DIPLOMA IN BUILDING TECHNOLOGY KSH 59,420
53 1073901 DIPLOMA IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES KSH 59,420
54 1073B61 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (APPLIED STATISTICS) KSH 244,800 19.914 20.100 20.048
55 1073E69 DIPLOMA IN FOOD & BEVERAGE, PRODUCTION, SALES AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT KSH 59,420

 

Academic Programmes

SCHOOL OF AGRICULTURE, NATURAL RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES(SANRES)

PROGRAMME NAME MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS MODE OF STUDY
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN:

–  PLANT BREEDING

–  ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY

–  ENVIRONMENTAL

PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT

Masters degree in related Fields Full Time
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN:

–  PLANT BREEDING

–  HORTICULTURE

–  ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

–  ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY

–  ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT

A lower Second Class honors degree in a relevant field and two (2) years relevant work experience Research Publications Full Time

 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HORTICULTURE KCSE Mean grade of C+ with at least a C(plain)

in Mathematics / Physics, C+ in Biology and C+ in Chemistry or KNEC Diploma in Horticulture or its equivalent.

Full Time
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION AND EDUCATION KCSE Mean grade of C+ with at least a C(plain) in Mathematics / Physics, C+ in Biology and C+ in Chemistry or KNEC Diploma in AGED or its equivalent. Full Time
BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE KCSE Mean grade of C+ with at least a C(plain) in Mathematics / Physics, C+ in Biology and C+ in Chemistry or KNEC Diploma in Environmental Science or its equivalent. Full Time
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS & RESOURCE MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade of C+, C + in Mathematics and Business / Commerce / Accounting / Economics / C+ in Agriculture, KCSE mean grade C (plain) or a relevant diploma Full time
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade of C+ , C + in Mathematics and Business / Commerce / Accounting / Economics / C+ in Agriculture, KCSE mean grade C (plain) or a relevant diploma Full Time

 

DIPLOMA IN AGRICULTURE KCSE mean Grade of C- (minus) with at least

C-(Minus) in either mathematics/physics, C (Plain) in any two of the following subjects (Agriculture, Biology, Chemistry, Biological Science, Physical Science, Home Science & Geography)

 

A relevant certificate

Full Time

 

SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES (SASS)

 

PROGRAMME NAME MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS MODE OF STUDY
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN:

•                  KISWAHILI

•                  SOCIOLOGY

•                  LINGUISTICS

Relevant Masters Weekend
MASTER OF ARTS IN:

•                  HISTORY

•                  KISWAHILI

•                  RELIGION

•                  LINGUSTICS

•                  SOCIOLOGY

•                  LITRATURE

•                  GEOGRAPHY

•                  ECONOMICS

•                  PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION AND PUBLIC POLICY

Bachelor degree with at least a Lower Second honours with two years relevant work experience

Research Publications

Weekend

 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS K.C.S.E Mean grade C+ and C+ in Mathematics or a mean grade of C plain and a relevant diploma. Full time& weekend
BACHELOR OF ARTS K.C.S.E Mean Grade of C+ or C plain and a Relevant Diploma Full time& weekend
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN INTERNTIONAL RELATIONS AND DIPLOMACY K.C.S.E Mean Grade of C+ or a Relevant Diploma Full time& weekend
DIPLOMA IN LEADERSHIP AND GOVERNANCE K.C.S.E C-(Minus) or relevant certificate Full time& weekend
DIPLOMA IN CRIMINOLOGY AND SECURITY STUDIES K.C.S.E C- (Minus) or relevant certificate ODEL
DIPLOMA IN SOCIAL WORK K.C.S.E Mean Grade C- (Minus) or relevant certificate. Full time& weekend

 

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS & HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (SBHRD)

PROGRAMME NAME REQUIREMENTS MODE OF STUDY
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION SPECIALIZATIONS:

ACCOUNTING FINANCE PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PROJECT PLANNING & MANAGEMENT

Master’s degree in related field. Weekend
MASTER OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGE- MENT A lower Second Class Honours Bachelors Degree or a Cumulative Grade Point Average of (GPA) 2.50 on a scale of 4.00 in a Business related Discipline from Weekend

 

  an accredited institution with additional relevant training, evidence of research and relevant working experience OR Postgraduate diploma in a Business Related Discipline Fulltime/Evening/ Weekend
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade of C+ (Plus), C (Plain) in English, C- (Minus) in Mathematics / Business Studies or its equivalent.

 

Diploma in a related field or CPAK / CPS,

Fulltime/ Evening/ Weekend
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PROJECT PLANNING & MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade of C+ (Plus) with at least a C+ (Plus) in English and C (plain) in Mathematics / Accounting / Commerce or Diploma in a related business course or Diploma in any other discipline from a recognized Institution Fulltime/ Evening/ Weekend
BACHELOR OF HOTEL AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade of C+ (Plus) or A Diploma in a related discipline from a recognized institution or Higher National Diploma in a related discipline from a recognized Institution. Fulltime/Evening/ Weekend
BACHELOR OF TOURISM MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade of C+ (Plus) or its equivalent or a Diploma in a related discipline from a recognized / accredited Institutions or Higher National Diploma in a related discipline from a recognized /institution Fulltime/Evening/ Weekend

 

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE:

• ACCOUNTING

• FINANCE

• PROCUREMENT & SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

• LOGISTICS AND TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT

• STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT

• HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

• PROJECT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT

KCSE Mean grade of C+ (plus) and a minimum of C (plain) in both Mathematics, business studies and English or a Diploma in a related discipline from a

recognized Institutions or Higher National Diploma in a related discipline from a recognized institution

Fulltime/Evening/ Weekend
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT:

• ACCOUNTING

• FINANCE AND BANKING

• PURCHASING AND SUPPLIES MANAGEMENT

• HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

• BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

KCSE Mean Grade of C+ (plus) and a minimum of C in both Mathematics or business studies and English, or a Diploma in a related discipline from a recognized Institutions or Higher National Diploma in a related discipline from a recognized institution. Fulltime/Evening/ Weekend

 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT:

•   PROCUREMENT AND SUPPLIES MANAGEMENT

• LOGISTICS AND TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT

• PROJECT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT

KCSE Mean Grade of C+ (plus) and a minimum of C (plain) in both Mathematics, business studies and English or business studies and English, or a Diploma in a related discipline from a recognized

Institutions or Higher National Diploma in a related discipline from a recognized institution.

Fulltime/Evening/ Weekend
DIPLOMA IN HOTEL AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade of C- (Minus) with at least C- in English or Kiswahili and D+ in Mathematics or its equivalent Full Time
DIPLOMA IN PROJECT PLANNING MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade of C- (Minus) with at least C- in English or Kiswahili and D+ in Mathematics or its equivalent Full Time
DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade of C- (Minus) with at least C- in English or Kiswahili and D+ in Mathematics or its equivalent Full Time
DIPLOMA IN TOURISM MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade of C- (Minus) with at least C- in English or Kiswahili and D+ in Mathematics or its equivalent Full Time

 

DIPLOMA IN PURCHASING AND SUPPLIES KCSE Mean Grade of C- (Minus) with at least C- in English or Kiswahili and D+ in Mathematics or its equivalent Full time
DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade of C- (Minus) with at least C- in English or Kiswahili and D+ in Mathematics or its equivalent Full time
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN STRATEGIC PLANNING AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT A lower second Class lower division Bachelors degree in a relevant field OR A pass Bachelors degree in any field plus two years post-graduation work experience. Full time/Evening/ Weekend
CERTIFICATE IN

HOTEL AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT

KCSE Mean Grade D+ (Plus) or its equivalent Full time/Evening/ Weekend
CERTIFICATE IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade D+ (Plus) or its equivalent Full time/Evening/ Weekend
CERTIFICATE IN TOURISM MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade D+ (Plus) or its equivalent Full time/Evening/ Weekend

 

CERTIFICATE IN PROJECT MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade D+ (Plus) or its equivalent Fulltime/Evening/ Weekend
CERTIFICATE IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT KCSE Mean Grade D+ (Plus) or its equivalent Fulltime/Evening/ Weekend

 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION (SOE)

PROGRAMME NAME MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS MODE OF STUDY
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN: EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND POLICY A Relevant Masters degree in area of specialization recognized by Rongo University Senate.

 

PhD applications must be submitted together with a research proposal in the area of interest.

Weekend
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Education (Arts or Science) with a Second Class Honours (Lower Division) with at least two years of working experience. Weekend

 

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND POLICY Bachelor of Education (Arts or Science) with First Class (Honours) or Second Class Honours (Upper Division), or Second Class Honours (Lower Division) with two years of relevant working experience. Weekend
BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (ARTS) KCSE mean grade of C+ (plus) with at least C+ (plus) in two teaching subjects. In addition one must have scored grade C (Plain) in En- glish and D+ (Plus) in Mathematics OR KCSE mean grade of C (Plain) at K.C.S.E with Diploma in Education arts with two teaching subjects with C+ (Plus) will also be consid- ered for admission in year 1. In addition the applicant must have scored grade C (Plain) in English and D+ in Mathematics. Full time
BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (SCIENCE) K.C.S.E mean grade of C+ and with at least C+ in two teaching subjects. In addition, one must have scored at least grade C (Plain) in both Mathematics and English OR Diploma holders in Education from a recognized Insti- tution will be admitted to year 1 of study OR KCSE mean grade of C (Plain) Full time

 

BACHELOR OF EDUCATION IN EARLY CHILDHOOD AND PRIMARY EDUCATION K.C.S.E with an aggregate grade of C+ and above at K.C.S.E and grade C Plain in English and D+ in Mathematics or Diploma holders in Education (with Credit or Distinction) from a recognized Institution will be admitted to year 1 of study Or KCSE mean Open and Distance Electronic Learning (ODEL
  grade of C (Plain), P1 certificate, Diploma in Education and at least C (Plain) in English and D+ (plus) in Mathematics  
BACHELOR OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL NEEDS EDUCATION(SNE – ARTS) K.C.S.E with at least a minimum mean grade of C+ and above or a Diploma Qualification in Special Needs Education (with Credit or Distinction) from Institutions recognized will be admitted to year 1 of study. In addition one must have scored at least C (Plain) in English and grade D+ in Mathematics at K.C.S.E Full time
BACHELOR OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL NEEDS EDUCATION(SNE – SCIENCE) K.C.S.E with at least a minimum mean grade of C+ and above or a Diploma Qualification in Special Needs Education (with Credit or Distinction) from Institutions recognized will

be admitted to year 1 of study. In addition, one

must have scored at least grade C (Plain) in both English and Mathematics at K.C.S.E

Full time

 

DIPLOMA IN SECONDARY EDUCATION (ARTS) KCSE mean grade of C+ (plus) with at least C+ (plus) in two teaching subjects. In addition one must have scored grade C (Plain) in English and D+ (Plus) in Mathematics at K.C.S.E

 

(Teaching Subjects: English and Literature, Kiswahili, Religion, Geography, History)

 
DIPLOMA IN SPECIAL NEEDS

EDUCATION(Primary Option)

KCSE mean grade of at least C (Plain) or its equivalent qualification from recognized Institutions. Full time & ODEL
DIPLOMA IN EARLY CHILDHOOD AND PRIMARY EDUCATION (ECPE) KCSE mean grade of at least C (Plain) or its equivalent qualification from recognized Institutions.

 

An applicant with P1 certificate from recog- nized Institutions may also be considered for admission in year 1 of study.

Full time

 

   SCHOOL OF INFORMATION, COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA STUDIES (INFOCOMS)                                                                                                                         

PROGRAMME NAME MINIMUM REQUIREMENT MODE OF STUDY
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES Relevant Masters Degree in communication or relevant field from a recognized institution. Weekend
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN MEDIA & SECURITY STUDIES Multidisciplinary Any masters degree Weekend
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN MEDIA AND SECURITY STUDIES Multidisciplinary

A lower Second Class Honors degree , two (2) years relevant work experience & evidence of research & publications.

Weekend
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES A lower Second Class honors degree in a relevant field, two (2) years relevant work experience evidence of research & publications. Weekend
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATION SCIENCE A lower Second Class Honors degree in a relevant field, two (2) years relevant work experience & evidence of research & publications. Weekend

 

MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY A lower Second Class honors degree in a relevant field and two (2) years relevant work experience Weekend
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH SYSTEMS & INFORMATICS A lower Second Class honors degree in a relevant field and two (2) years relevant work experience Weekend
BACHELOR OF INFORMATION SCIENCE K.C.S.E mean K.C.S.E mean grade of C+ (plus) or C (plain) with relevant diploma from recognized institution Full time
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATICS K.C.S.E mean grade of C+ (plus) or C(plain) with relevant diploma from recognized institution. Full time
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA STUDIES (WITH SPECIALISATION IN JOURNALISM & PUBLIC RELATION) K.C.S.E mean grade of C+ (plus) or C (plain) with relevant diploma from a recognized institution. Full time
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH RECORDS AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT K.C.S.E mean grade of C+ (plus) or C (plain) with a relevant diploma from a recognized institution Full time

 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH SYSTEM MANAGEMENT K.C.S.E mean grade of C+ (plus) or C (plain) with relevant diploma from a recognized institution. Full time
DIPLOMA IN HEALTH RECORDS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY K.C.S.E mean grade of C (plain) with C (plain) in English or Kiswahili and C- (minus) in Mathematic, Biology/Biological Sciences and C- (minus) in any of the following: Mathematics, Physics, Physical Science, Chemistry , Computer Studies. Full time
DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC RELATIONS K.C.S.E mean grade of C- (Minus) or relevant certificate from recognized institution. Fulltime
DIPLOMA IN MEDIA AND JOURNALISM WITH IT K.C.S.E mean grade of C- (Minus) or relevant certificate from recognized

institution.

Full time
DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT) K.C.S.E mean grade of C- (Minus) or relevant certificate from recognized institution Full time
DIPLOMA IN LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES K.C.S.E mean grade of C- (Minus) or relevant certificate from a recognized institution Full time
CERTIFICATE IN LIBRARY & INFORMATION STUDIES K.C.S.E mean grade of D (plain) Full time

 

CERTIFICATE IN HEALTH RECORDS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY K.C.S.E mean grade of C- ( Minus) in English or Kiswahili and D+ in Biology/ Biology Science and D+ (plus) in any of the following: Mathematics, Physics, physical science, Chemistry, General Science , Com- puter Studies, Agriculture or Home Science Full time

 

     SCHOOL OF SCIENCE TECHNOLOGY & ENGINEERING (SSTE)             

PROGRAMME NAME REQUIREMENTS MODE OF STUDY
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (PHYSICS) KCSE mean grade of C+ (Plus) with C+ in Physics and any two of the following subjects (Mathematics, Biology and Chemistry) or Relevant Diploma. Full time
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (CHEMISTRY) KCSE mean grade of C+ (Plus) with C+ in Physics and any two of the following subjects (Mathematics, Biology and Chemistry) or Relevant Diploma Full time
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (FASHION DESIGN & TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY) KCSE mean grade of C+ (Plus) with C+ in Physics and any two of the following subjects (Mathematics, Biology and Chemistry) or Relevant Diploma Full time
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATHEMATICS) KCSE mean grade of C+ (Plus) with C+ in Mathematics and any two of the following subjects (Physics, Biology and Chemistry) or Relevant Diploma Full time
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (COMPUTER SCIENCE) KCSE mean grade of C+ (Plus) with C+ in Mathematics and Physics or Relevant Diploma Full time

 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (APPLIED STATISTICS WITH COMPUTING) KCSE mean grade of C+ (Plus) with C+ in Mathematics and Physics or Relevant Diploma Full time
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BIOCHEMISTRY) KCSE mean grade of C+ with C + in Chemistry and Biology subjects or Relevant Diploma. Full time
DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY KCSE mean grade of C – (Minus), or a relevant certificate Full time
DIPPLOMA IN COMMUNITY HEALTH AND DEVELOPMENT KCSE mean grade of C – (Minus), or a relevant certificate Full time
DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC HEALTH KCSE mean grade of C (Plain), or relevant certificate with C Plain in English/Kiswahili, Biology/Biological Sciences.

 

In addition the applicant should have

C – (Minus) in Mathematics and any of the following a) Physics b) Chemistry c) Physical Sciences.

Full time

 

Enrolment for Certificate, Diploma, Degree and Postgraduate Programmes

School of Agriculture, Natural Resources and Environmental Studies School of Arts & Social Sciences

School of Business and Human Resource Development School of Education

School of Information, Communication and Media Studies School of Science, Technology & Engineering

HOW TO APPLY:

Application forms may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar – Academic Affairs at the Main Campus in Kitere Hill or from our website at www.rongovarsity.ac.ke.

Duly filled application forms with copies of result slips, application fee bank deposit slip (Ksh. 500 for Diploma and Certificate, Ksh. 1000 for Undergraduate and Ksh. 2,000 for Postgraduate Programmes) and other relevant certificates / transcripts should be sent by post, courier or hand delivered to:

ffice of the Registrar – Academic Affairs

  1. O Box 103 – 40404, Rongo Email: regaa@rongovarsity.ac.ke

Tel: + 254 770 308 256, +254 773 296 379

Biology syllabus pdf

231 KNEC BIOLOGY SYLLABUS

FORM 1

1. Introduction to Biology

1. Definition of Biology
2. Branches of Biology
3. Importance of Biology
4. Characteristics of living organisms
5. Comparison between plants and animals

2. CLASSIFICATION 1

1. Review and use of magnifying lens
2. External features of plants and animals
3. Necessity and significance of classification
4. Major units of classification( naming)
1. Kingdoms
5. Discussion of Binomial nomenclature

3. THE CELL

1. Definition of cell
2. Structure and functions of parts of a light microscope
3. Use and care of the light microscope
4. Cell structure and functions as seen under microscope
5. Preparation of temporary slides of plant cells
6. Estimation of cell size
7. Cell specialization, tissues, organs, and organ systems.

2. Practical activities
1. Observe, identify, draw and state the functions of parts of the light microscope
2. Prepare and observe temporary slides of plant cells
3. Observe permanent slides of animal cells
4. Comparison between plant and animal cells
5. Observe, estimate size and calculate magnification of plant cells

4. CELL PHYSIOLOGY

1. Meaning of cell physiology
2. Structure and properties of cell membrane (Theories of
membrane structure not required)
3. Physiological properties- diffusion, osmosis and active
transport

4. Factors affecting diffusion, osmosis and active transport
in living organisms

5. Role of diffusion, osmosis and active transport in living
organisms

6. Water relations in plant and animal cells: turgor, plasmolysis, wilting and haemolysis
1. Diffusion as demonstrated with potassium permanganate or potassium iodide/ flower dyes/ coloured plant extracts/ smoke
2. Experiments with visking tubing and living tissues: fresh arrow roots/ cassava/ sweet potatoes/ leaf petioles/ irish potatoes
3. Demonstration of plasmolysis

5. NUTRITION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS

1. Meaning, importance and types of nutrition
2. Nutrition in plants
1. Definition of photosynthesis and its importance in nature
2. Adaptations of leaf to photosynthesis
3. Structure and function of chloroplast
4. Process of photosynthesis- light and dark stage
5. Factors influencing photosynthesis

3. Chemical compounds which constitute living organisms
1. Chemical composition and functions of carbohydrates, proteins and lipids
2. Properties and functions of enzymes

4. Nutrition in animals


1. Modes of feeding in animals
2. Dentition of a named carnivorous, herbivorous and
omnivorous mammal
3. Adaptation of the three types of dentition of feeding.
4. Internal structure of mammalian teeth.
5. Common dental diseases, their causes and treatment

5. Digestive system and digestion in a mammal human)
1. Digestive system, regions, glands and organs
associated with digestion.
2. Ingestion, digestion, absorption, assimilation and egestion.
6. Importance of vitamins, mineral salts, roughage and water in human nutrition
7. Factors determining energy requirements in humans

FORM 2

1. TRANSPORT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS

1. Meaning and importance of transport systems
2. Absorption of water and mineral salts
1. Internal structure of root and root hairs
2. Absorption of water
3. Active intake of mineral salts

3. Transpiration
1. Definition of transpiration
2. Review of structure of the leaf.
3. Structure and function of xylem
4. Factors affecting transpiration
5. Forces involved in water movement in plants

4. Translocation
1. Structure and function of phloem
2. Materials translocated

5. Comparison between closed and open circulatory system.
6. Mammalian circulatory system
1. Structure and function of heart, arteries, veins and capillaries
2. Diseases and defects of the heart, arteries, veins, and capillaries
3. Diseases and defects of the circulatory system.
7. The structure and functions of blood
1. Composition of blood
2. Functions of blood plasma
3. The structure and functions of red blood cells and white blood cells
4. Mechanism of blood clotting and its importance

8. Blood groups (ABO system and rhesus factor)
9. Immune responses
1. Natural and artificial immunity
2. Allergic reactions
3. Importance of vaccinations against diseases

10. Practical Activities
1. Observe permanent slides of sections of stems and roots
2. Carry out experiments to compare transpiration on lower and upper surfaces
3. Observe wall charts/models
4. Analyse data on transpiration rate under different environmental conditions in plants
5. Dissect a small mammal and observe its transport system.
6. Make longitudinal section of the mammalian heart
to display the chambers and associated blood vessels
7. Record pulse rate at the wrist before and after vigorous activities and analyse the results
8. Demonstrate the unidirectional flow of blood in the cutaneous veins of the fore arm

2. GASEOUS EXCHANGE

1. Gaseous exchange in living organisms
2. Gaseous exchange in plants
1. Mechanism of opening and closing of the stomata
2. The process of gaseous exchange in roots, stem and
leaves of both aquatic and terrestrial plants

3. Gaseous exchange in animals
1. Types and characteristics of Respiratory surfaces-
cell membrane, gills, buccal cavity, skin and lungs
2. Mechanism of gaseous exchange in protozoa,
insect (grasshopper), fish (bonnyfish),Frog and human
3. Factors affecting rate of breathing in humans

4. Respiratory diseases: Asthma, Bronchitis, Pulmonary
Tuberculosis, Pneumonia and Whooping cough

3. RESPIRATION

1. Meaning and significance of respiration
2. Tissue respiration
1. Mitochondrion- structure and functions
2. Aerobic respiration
3. Anaerobic respiration in plants and animals
4. Application of anaerobic respiration in industry
and at home
5. Compare energy output of aerobic and anaerobic
respiration

4. EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS

1. Excretion in Plants
1. Methods of excretion in plants
2. Useful and harmful excretory products of plants and their economic importance e.g. coffee, caffeine

2. Excretion and homeostasis in animals
1. Difference between excretion, homeostasis and egestion
2. Excretion in a named unicellular organism (protozoa)
3. Structure and functions of skin and kidney
4. Neuro-endocrine system and homeostasis
5. Common kidney diseases, their symptoms and possible methods of prevention and control
6. The role of skin in thermoregulation, salt and water balance
7. Major functions of liver and their contributions to homeostasis
8. Common diseases of liver, their symptoms and possible methods of prevention, control

FORM 3


1. CLASSIFICATION II

1. Review of binomial nomenclature
2. General principles of classification
3. General characteristics of kingdoms
1. Monera
2. Protoctista
3. Fungi
4. Plantae
5. Animalia

4. Main characteristics of major divisions of plantae
1. Bryophyta
2. Pterodophyta
3. Spermatophyta

5. Main characteristics of phyla Arthropoda and Chordata
1. Arthropoda
2. Diplopoda
3. Chilopoda
4. insecta
5. crustacea
6. arachnida

6. Construction and use of simple dichotomous keys based on observable features of plants and animals

2. ECOLOGY

1. Concepts of ecology
1. Habitat
2. Niche
3. Population
4. Community
5. Ecosystem
6. Biomass
7. Carrying capacity

2. Factors in an ecosystem

1. Abiotic factors
2. Biotic factors
3. Inter-relationships:- Competition, predation,
saprophytism, parasitism and symbiosis

4. Nitrogen cycle

3. Energy flow in an ecosystem:- Food chains, food webs, decomposers, pyramid of numbers and pyramid of biomass
4. Population estimation methods
1. Quadrat method
2. Line transect
3. Belt transect
4. Capture-recapture method

5. Adaptations of plants to various habitats
1. Xerophytes
2. Mesophytes
3. Hydrophytes
4. Halophytes

6. Effect of pollution on human beings and other organisms
Causes, effects and control of pollutants in air, water and soil

7. Human diseases
1. Bacterial diseases- Cholera and Typhoid
2. Protozoa- malaria and amoebic dysentry
3. Ascaris lumbricodes and schistosoma

3. REPRODUCTION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS

1. Concept of reproduction
1. Importance of reproduction
2. Chromosomes, meiosis and mitosis
3. Asexual reproduction
1. Binary fission in amoeba
2. Spore formation/ reproduction in mucor / Rhizopus
3. Budding in yeast

4. Sexual reproduction in plants
1. Structure and function of parts of named insect and
wind pollinated flowers
2. Pollination and agents of pollination
3. Features and mechanisms that hinder self
fertilization and self pollination
4. The process of fertilization
5. Fruit and seed formation and dispersal

5. Sexual reproduction in animals
1. External fertilization in amphibians
2. Structure of the reproductive system of a named mammal (human)
3. Functions of the parts of reproductive system
4. Fertilization, implantation and role of placenta.
5. Gestation period
6. Role of hormones in reproduction in humans

6. Sexually transmitted infections (S.T.Is)
1. Gonorrhea
2. Herpes Simplex
3. Syphilis, Trichomoniasis, hepatitis, Candidiasis
4. HIV/AIDS

7. Advantages and disadvantages of asexual and sexual
reproduction

4. GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT

1. Concepts of growth and development
2. Growth and development in plants
1. Dormancy and ways of breaking it
2. Conditions necessary for germination
3. Measurement of one aspect of growth in a named
seedling e.g. region of growth
4. Primary and secondary growth
5. Role of growth hormone in plants
6. Apical dominance

3. Growth and development in animals
1. Complete and incomplete metamorphosis in insects
2. Role of growth hormones in insects

* FORM 4

1. GENETICS

1. Concept of genetics
1. Variation within plant and animal species
2. Review of chromosomes
3. Brief mention of genes and DNA (Without details of molecular structure of genes and DNA)

2. First law of heredity
1. Mendel’s experiments- monohybrid inheritance(3:1 ratio)
2. Complete and incomplete dominance, back/ testcross
3. Inheritance of ABO blood groups and Rh factor

3. Sex determination in humans
4. Linkage: sex linked genes, sex linked characteristics e.g. colour blindness, Haemophilia, Hairy ears and nose

5. Mutations
1. Types of mutations
2. Causes and consequences of chromosomal mutations
3. Gene mutations

2. EVOLUTION

1. Meaning of evolution

2. The origin of life
1. Special creation
2. Chemical evolution

3. Evidence of organic evolution
1. Fossil records
2. Geographical distribution – Continental drift
3. Comparative embryology
4. Comparative anatomy
5. Cell biology- occurrence of cell organelles and
blood pigments

4. Mechanisms of evolution
1. Lamarck’s theory (Brief mention)
2. Evolution by natural selection
3. Natural selection in action e.g. peppered moth
4. Resistance to drugs, pesticides and antibiotics

3. RECEPTION, RESPONSE AND COORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS

1. Meaning of stimulus, response and irritability
2. Reception, response and coordination in plants


1. Response to a variety of external stimuli
2. Tropisms and tactic movements and their survival values
3. Production of auxins and their effects on plant growth

3. Reception, responses and coordination in animals
1. Components of the nervous system in a mammal
2. Structure and functions of the neurones
3. Functions of major parts of human brain
4. Simple and conditioned reflex actions

4. The role of hormones in coordination in a mammal
1. Effects of over secretion and under secretion of
adrenaline and thyroxine in humans

5. Effects of drug abuse on human health

6. Structure and functions of parts of the mammalian eye
1. Accommodation, image formation and interpretation
2. common eye defects and their corrections

7. Structure and functions of parts of the mammalian ear (human)
1. Hearing
2. Balance and posture

4. SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS

1. Plants
1. Necessity for support and movement in plants
2. Review of tissue distribution in monocotyledonous
and dicotyledonous plants

2. Animals
1. Necessity for support and movement in animals
2. Types and functions of the skeleton

3. Locomotion in a finned fish

4. Identification of the bones of axial and appendicular
skeletons (names of individual bones of coccyx not required)
5. Types and functions of movable joints (ball and socket, hinge joint)
6. Structure, function and location of cardiac, smooth and skeletal muscles

Form One Termly Exams in All Subjects Plus Marking Schemes

Form One Termly Exams in All Subjects Plus Marking Schemes

KISWA QNS.docx
AGRI MS.docx
AGRI QNS.docx
BIO MS.docx
BIO QNS.docx
BUST MS.docx
BUST QNS.docx
CHEM MS.docx
CHEM QNS.docx
COMP MS.docx
COMP QNS.docx
CRE MS.docx
CRE QNS.docx
ENG MS.docx
ENG QNS.docx
FRENCH MS.docx
FRENCH QNS.docx
GEO MS.docx
GEO QNS.docx
HIST MS.docx
HIST QNS.docx
HOMESCIENCE MS.docx
HOMESCIENCE QNS.docx
IRE F1 MS.docx
IRE F1 QNS.docx
IRE MS.docx
IRE QNS.docx
KISWA MS.docx
MATHS MS.docx
MATHS QNS.docx
PHY MS.docx
PHY QNS.docx

Tharaka University Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Tharaka University Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Bachelor Courses

B.Sc. (Computer Science)
B.Sc. (Applied Computer Science)
Bachelor of Commerce
Bachelor of Entrepreneurship and Enterprise Management
Bachelor of Procurement and Logistics Management
Bachelor of Cooperatives Management
B.Ed. (Primary Option)
B.Ed. (Arts Education)
B.Ed. (Science Education)
B.Sc. (Agricultural Education & Extension)
B.Ed. (Early Childhood Development)
Bachelor of Hotel Management
B.Sc. (Wildlife Enterprise & Management)
B.Sc. (Animal Science)
B.Sc. (Agriculture)
B.A. (Criminology and Security Studies).
B.Sc. (Community Development)
B.Sc. (Economics & Statistics)
B.A. (Economics and Sociology)
B.A. (Linguistics and Literature)
Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy
Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies
Bachelor of Science in Actuarial Science
Bachelor of Science in Applied Statistics

Business Studies Grade 7 CBC Free Schemes of Work

GRADE 7 BUSINESS STUDIES   SCHEME OF WORK TERM 3

SCHOOL………………………….TEACHER’S NAME…………………. TERM THREE             YEAR

Week Lesson Strand Sub-strand Specific-Learning outcomes Learning Experience Key Inquiry Question(S) Learning

Resources         

Assessment Methods Reflection
1 1 Government and global influence in business Government and business By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)       Define the term investor.

b)      Identify the need for government involvement in business in Kenya.

c)       Justify the need for government involvement in business activities in Kenya.

d)      Appreciate the importance of government in conducting businesses.

Learners are guided to define the term investor.

 

Learners to identify the need for government involvement in business in Kenya.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to justify the need for government involvement in business activities in Kenya.

Who is an investor? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 133-135

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Computing devices

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Government and global influence in business Government and business By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)       Explain ways in which the shopkeeper in their local community may exploit his or her customer.

b)      Debate on the need for government involvement in business in Kenya.

c)       Debate on the motion: “There is need for the government of Kenya to be involved in Business”

d)      Have fun and enjoy the debate.

Learners to explain ways in which the shopkeeper in their local community may exploit his or her customer.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners are guided to debate on the need for government involvement in business in Kenya, on the motion: “There is need for the government of Kenya to be involved in Business”

 

 

What is exploitation?

 

What is foreign dominance?

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 135-137

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Government and global influence in business Legal requirement for starting and operating a simple business in Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)       Identify the legal requirement for starting and operating a simple business in Kenya.

b)      Give examples of businesses in Kenya that require a Health Certificate.

c)       Draw the certificate of registration in learner’s book.

d)      Appreciate the importance of the legal requirements for starting and operating a simple business in Kenya.

Learners to identify the legal requirement for starting and operating a simple business in Kenya.

 

Learners to give examples of businesses in Kenya that require a Health Certificate.

 

Individually, learners to draw the certificate of registration in learner’s book 7 pg. 139

What is considered a simple business in Kenya?

 

What are the examples of simple business in Kenya?

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 137-141

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
2 1 Government and global influence in business Extended activity By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)       Organize to visit county or sub-county office of the Ministry of Industrialization, Trade and Enterprise Development or their local county offices.

b)      Write a report of their findings.

c)       Have fun and enjoy the visit to the county or sub-county offices.

As a class, learners to organize visit county or sub-county office of the Ministry of Industrialization, Trade and Enterprise Development or their local county offices.

 

Learners to write a report of their findings.

 

 

Which office did you visit? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 141

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Government and global influence in business Role of government in business in Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)       Outline the role of government in business in Kenya.

b)      List any malpractices by traders against which consumers may need protection from the government.

c)       Recognise the role of government in business in Kenya.

d)      Appreciate the role of government in business in Kenya.

 

Learners to outline the role of government in business in Kenya.

 

Learners to list any malpractices by traders against which consumers may need protection from the government.

 

Learners are guided to recognise the role of government in business in Kenya.

Why does the government of Kenya train and advise people in business? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 141-144

 

Photographs

Pictures

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Government and global influence in business Taxation in Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)       Define the term tax and taxation.

b)      Read the case study in learner’s book.

c)       Have a desire to learn more about tax.

 

Learners to define the term tax and taxation.

 

In groups, learners to read the case study in learner’s book 7 pg. 145

What is the meaning to tax and taxation? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 144-146

 

Pictures

Video clips

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
3 1 Government and global influence in business Taxation in Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)       Identify values that patriotic Kenyan citizens who pays taxes possess are hidden.

b)      Play the game; unscramble the letters to find the hidden words.

c)       Have fun and enjoy playing the game.

 

Learners to identify values that patriotic Kenyan citizens who pays taxes possess are hidden.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to play the game; unscramble the letters to find the hidden words.

 

Who is a patriotic Kenyan citizen? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 146

 

Assessment books.

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Government and global influence in business Importance of paying taxes in Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)       Examine the importance of paying taxes.

b)      Role play the conversation in learner’s book.

c)       Have fun and enjoy the role playing.

Learners to examine the importance of paying taxes.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to role play the conversation in learner’s book 7 pg. 149

What is the importance of paying taxes? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 148-150

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Government and global influence in business Importance of paying taxes in Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)       State the importance of paying taxes.

b)      Make a poster with messages on the importance of paying taxes.

c)       Appreciate the importance of paying taxes.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to state the importance of paying taxes.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to make a poster with messages on the importance of paying taxes

 

What other ways can the government utilize taxes to promote development in the community? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 150-152

 

Pictures

Video clips

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
4 1 Government and global influence in business The need for paying taxes in Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)       Identify the need for paying taxes in Kenya.

b)      Investigate the need for paying taxes in Kenya.

c)       Appreciate the importance of paying taxes in Kenya.

Learners to identify the need for paying taxes in Kenya.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to investigate the need for paying taxes in Kenya.

What services provided by the government do they think their tax money should be used for? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 152-154

 

Photographs

Pictures

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Government and global influence in business Promoting regional unity By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)       Explain the meaning of good governance.

b)      Read the story in learner’s book and answer the questions that follow.

c)       Develop a desire to pay taxes as a Kenyan citizen.

 

Learners are guided to explain the meaning of good governance.

 

In pairs, learners are guided to read the story in learner’s book 7 pg. 155 and answer the questions that follow

What is good governance? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 154-156

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Financial records in business Business transactions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)       Define the terms business transaction and financial documents.

b)      Differentiate business and non-business transactions.

c)       Have a desire to do business transactions.

Learners to define the terms business transaction and financial documents.

 

Learners to differentiate business and non-business transactions.

 

What is business transaction?

 

What are financial documents?

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 157-159

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
5 1 Financial records in business Extended activity By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)       Identify and visit two or three local business people in their neighbourhood.

b)      Talk to them about the activities they carry out in their businesses daily.

c)       Have fun and enjoy visiting local business people.

 

As a class, learners are guided to identify and visit two or three local business people in their neighbourhood.

 

As a class, learners are guided to talk to them about the activities they carry out in their businesses daily.

What are donation?

 

 

 

 

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 159-160

 

Photographs

Pictures

Computing devices

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Financial records in business Cash and credit transactions in business By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)       Explain the meaning of cash and credit transactions in business.

b)      Match each business transaction with the correct description of how it occurs.

c)       Have a desire to learn more about cash and credit transactions in business.

 

Learners to explain the meaning of cash and credit transactions in business.

 

In pairs, learners are guided to match each business transaction with the correct description of how it occurs.

 

What is cash and credit transactions?

 

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 160-161

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Financial records in business Extended activity By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)       Role-play the scenarios of various business transactions (people buying and selling)

b)      Identify whether they are cash transactions or credit transactions.

c)       Take turns until everyone has demonstrated business transactions and other members have identified their types.

d)      Enjoy demonstrating to their class members.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to role-play the scenarios of various business transactions (people buying and selling)

 

Learners to identify whether they are cash transactions or credit transactions.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to Take turns until everyone has demonstrated business transactions and other members have identified their types.

What have you learnt about cash and credit transactions?

 

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 161-164

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
6 1 Financial records in business Financial documents used in buying and selling By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)       Brainstorm on and list financial documents used in buying and selling.

b)      Share experiences on financial documents in buying and selling in everyday life.

c)       Appreciate the documents used in buying and selling.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to brainstorm on and list financial documents used in buying and selling.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to share experiences on financial documents in buying and selling in everyday life.

Which other documents are used in buying and selling? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 164

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Computing devices

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Financial records in business Financial documents used in buying and selling By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)       Identify financial documents used in buying and selling.

b)      Act out the conversation in learner’s book.

c)       Have fun and enjoy acting out the conversation.

 

Learners to identify financial documents used in buying and selling.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to act out the conversation in learner’s book 7 pg. 165

What is the conversation about? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 165-166

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Financial records in business Extended activity By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)       Search for samples of financial documents used in buying and selling.

b)      Draw the samples in learner’s book and answer the questions that follow.]

c)       Appreciate the financial documents used in buying and selling.

In groups or in pairs, learners to search for samples of financial documents used in buying and selling.

 

In pairs or individually, learners to draw the samples in learner’s book 7 pg. 167 and answer the questions that follow

Who sends the financial document and to whom is it sent? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 167-168

 

Pictures

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
7 1 Financial records in business Extended activity By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)       Visit a financial expert to discuss financial documents used in a business transaction.

b)      Identify each sample financial document that he or she will provide.

c)       Have fun and enjoy the visit to a financial expert.

 

As a class, learners are guided to visit a financial expert to discuss financial documents used in a business transaction.

 

As a class, learners to identify each sample financial document that he or she will provide.

 

What information is found on the financial document? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 168-169

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Computing devices

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Financial records in business Extended activity By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)       Organise and visit business people in the local market or trading centre neighbouring the school.

b)      Identify the gaps in keeping financial records.

c)       Enjoy visiting business men and women.

 

As a class, learners are guided to organise and visit business people in the local market or trading centre neighbouring the school

 

As a class, learners are guided to identify the gaps in keeping financial records

What is the financial document used for? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 169-179

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Financial records in business Methods used in making payments for goods and services By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)       Identify the methods used in making payments for goods and services.

b)      Analyse methods of payment for goods and services.

c)       Discuss how each method of payment is used.

d)      Appreciate the methods used in making payments for goods and services.

 

Learners are guided to identify the methods used in making payments for goods and services.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to analyse methods of payment for goods and services.

 

In groups or in pairs, learners to discuss how each method of payment is used.

What are the methods used in making payments for goods and services?

 

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 173-174

 

Photographs

Pictures

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
8 1 Financial records in business Methods used in making payments for goods and services By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)       State the advantages and disadvantages of each method of payment for goods and services.

b)      Match methods of payments for goods and services.

c)       Appreciate the advantages each method of payment for goods and services.

Learners are guided to state the advantages and disadvantages of each method of payment for goods and services.

 

Learners are guided to match methods of payments for goods and services.

What are the advantages and disadvantages of each method of payment for goods and services?

 

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 175-176

 

Photographs

Video clips

Charts

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Financial records in business Extended activity By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)       Interview the school bursar or business people in the local community.

b)      Discuss with them the method of payment which they preferred and why.

c)       Appreciate the role of financial documents in record keeping business.

As a class or in groups, learner to interview the school bursar or business people in the local community.

 

As a class or in groups, learner to discuss with them the method of payment which they preferred and why.

What is the difference between mobile money transfer and electronic funds transfer? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 176-178

 

Video clips

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3                  REVISION          
9               ASSESSEMENT          

 

Maths Top Student Form one to four Revision Kit

 

 

MATHEMATICS 1

PART I

 

SECTION A: 

 

  1. Use logarithm tables to evaluate                      (4 mks)

 

0.0368 x 43.92

361.8

 

  1. Solve for x by completing the square                           (3mks)

2x2  – 5x + 1 = 0

 

  1. Shs. 6000 is deposited at compound interest rate of 13%. The same amount is deposited at 15% simple interest. Find which amount is more and by how much after 2 years in the bank       (3mks)

 

  1. The cost of 3 plates and 4 cups is Shs. 380. 4 plates and 5 cups cost Shs. 110 more than this. Find the cost of each item.                                                                                                        (3mks)

 

  1. A glass of juice of 200 ml content is such that the ratio of undiluted juice to water is 1: 7 Find how many diluted glasses can be made from a container with 3 litres undiluted juice       (3mks)

 

  1. Find the value of θ within θ  < θ < 360if  Cos (2 θ + 120) =  γ3                                                     (3mks)

2

 

  1. A quantity P varies inversely as Q2 Given that P = 4 When Q = 2.  , write the equation joining P and  Q

hence find P when Q = 4                                         a                                                                      (3mks)

 

  1. A rectangle measures 3.6 cm by 2.8 cm. Find the percentage error in calculating its perimeter.                                                                                                                                                 (3mks)

 

  1. Evaluate:          11/6   x  ¾  –  11/12                                                                                              (3mks)

½  of 5/6

 

  1. A metal rod, cylindrical in shape has a radius of 4 cm and length of 14 cm. It is melted down and recast into small cubes of 2 cm length. Find how many such cubes are obtained          ( 3mks)

 

  1. A regular octagon has sides of 8 cm. Calculate its area to 3 s.f.             (4mks)

 

  1. Find the values of x and  y if                                                                                                       ( 2 mks)

3          x          1   =     2

2          1          -1         y

 

  1. An equation of a circle is given by x2 + y2 – 6x + 8y – 11 = 0                                           (3mks)

Find its centre and radius

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In the figure given AB is parallel to DE. Find the value of x and y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A line pass through A (4,3) and B(8,13). Find                                                  (6 mks)

(i)  Gradient of the line

(ii)  The magnitude of AB

(iii) The equation of the perpendicular bisector of AB.

 

  1. A train is moving towards a town with a velocity of 10 m/s. It gains speed and the velocity becomes 34 m/s after 10 minutes . Find its acceleration (2mks)

 

 

SECTION B:

 

  1. Construct without using a protractor the triangle ABC so that BC=10cm, angle ABC = 600 and

BCA = 450

  1. On the diagram , measure length of AC
  2. Draw the circumference of triangle ABC
  3. Construct the locus of a set of points which are equidistant from A and B.
  4. Hence mark a point P such that APB = 450 and AP = PB
  5. Mark a point Q such that angle AQB = 450 and AB = AQ

 

  1. (a) A quadrilateral ABCD has vertices A(0,2) , B(4,0) , C(6,4) and D(2,3). This is given a

transformation by the matrix   -2  0  to obtain its image AI B I CI DI. under a second transformation

0 – 2

which has a rotation centre (0,0) through –900 , the image AII  BII  CII  DII  of AI  BI  CI  DI  is

obtained.    Plot the three figures on a cartesian plane                                                         (6mks)

(b)  Find  the  matrix of  transformation  that  maps  the  triangle  ABC  where A (2,2)   B (3,4)   C (5,2)

onto  A B C   where  A( 6,10)  B  (10,19 )  C ( 12, 13).                                                    ( 2mks)

 

 

 

 

19.

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the triangle OAB, OA = 3a , OB = 4b and OC = 5/3 OA.  M divides OB in the ratio 5:3

  1. Express AB and MC in terms of a and b
  2. By writing MN in two ways, find the ratio in which N divides
  3. AB
  4. MC

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In the figure below, SP = 13.2 cm, PQ = 12 cm, angle PSR = 80O and angle PQR = 900. S and Q are the centres       (8mks)

 

Calculate:

The area of the intersection of the two circles

The area of the quadrilateral  S P Q R

The area of the shaded region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In an experiment the two quantities x and y were observed and results tabled as below
X 0 4 8 12 16 20
Y 1.0 0.64 0.5 0.42 0.34 0.28

 

  1. By  plotting  1/y  against x, confirm that y is related to x by an equation of the form

 

Y =      q

 

 

P + x

where p and q are constants.                                                                             (3mks)

 

(b)  Use your graph to determine p and q                                                                                   (3mks)

 

(c )  Estimate the value of   (i) y when x = 14

(ii) x when y = 0.46                                                             (2mks)

 

  1. A racing cyclist completes the uphill section of a mountain course of 75 km at an average speed of v km/hr. He then returns downhill along the same route at an average speed of (v + 20) km/hr. Given that the difference between the times is one hour, form and solve an equation in v.

Hence

  1. Find the times taken to complete the uphill and downhill sections of the course.
  2. Calculate the cyclists average speed over the 150km.

 

  1. In the diagram below, X is the point of intersection of the chords AC and BD of a circle. AX = 8 cm, XC = 4cm and XD = 6 cm
  2. Find the length of XB as a fraction
  3. Show that XAD is similar to XBC
  4. Given that the area of AXD = 6cm2, find the area of BXC
  5. Find the value of the ratio

Area of       AXB

Area of        DXC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A town B is 55 km on a bearing of 0500. A third town C lies 75km due south of B. Given that D lies on a bearing of 2550 from C and 1700 from A, make an accurate scale drawing to show the positions of the four towns.                                                                                           (3mks)

(scale 1cm rep 10 km)

From this find,

(a) The distance of AD and DC in km                                                                     (2mks)

(b) The distance and bearing of B from D                                                               (2mks)

(c)  The bearing of  C from A                                                                                 (1mk)

 

MATHEMATICS I

PART 1

MARKING SCHEME             (100MKS)

 

 

  1. No. Log

=   3.6502

0.3681              2.5660

0.3682              1.6427 +                                -4  =  1.6502      = 2.8251

0.2087              Logs                            2

361.8                2.5585              + – v   ans  (4)         6.6850 x 10 -2

3.6502                                         = 0.06685

 

  1. 2 x2 – 5x + 1 = 0

x2 5 x + ½ = 0

2

x25 x   = ½

2

x – 5x  +     5 2    =  ½   +     5    (m)

2         4                        4

 

= x –  5    = ½ +      25    =  17                    (3)

4                   16        16

 

= x – 5/4  =  17/16   =    1.0625

x – 5/4    ±  1.031

X1 = -1.031 = 1.25 = 0.2192

X2 = 1.031  + 1.25  = 1.281

 

  1. A1 = P(1 + R/100)2 = 6000  x  113/100 x 113/100 = Sh. 7661.40

 

A2 = P + PRT/100         =   6000 + 15 X 2 = 6000 + 1800

100

=   Shs. 7800

 

Amount by simple interest is more by Shs.  (7800 – 7661. 40)

Shs. 138.60

  1. Let a plate be p and a cup c.

3p + 4c = 380  x 5             15p + 20c  = 1900

4p + 5c  = 490  x 4       16p + 20c  = 1960 

-p      -60                (m)

 

 

 

 

 

p = Shs 60

 

3(60) + 4 c = 380

4c = 380 –180 = 2000                (3)

c=   Shs. 50

Plate = Shs. 60 ,            Cup = Shs. 50            (A both)

 

  1. Ratio of juice to water = 1          :           7

In 1 glass = 1/8 x 200 = Sh 25

3 litres = 300 ml (undiluted concentrate)           (3)

No. of glasses =v    3000  =  120 glasses

25

 

  1. Cos (2 θ + 120) = 3/2 = 0.866

Cos 30 , 330, 390, 690, 750 ….

            2 θ + 120                = 330

2 θ = 210          ,     = 1050                                                                                        (3)

2 θ = 390 – 120   = 2700          θ2 1350

2 θ =  690 – 120  = 5700  ,       θ3 2850       (for 4 ans)

θ4= 315o    ( for >2)

2 θ =  750 – 120   = 6300 ,

 

  1. P =          k                      4  =  K/4           (substitution)

Q2                         9

K = 4 X 4         =            16

9                           9

P =  16   v         when Q = 4

9Q2

 

P =         16        =   1/9              (A)                 (3)

9x4x4

 

  1. The perimeter = (3.6 + 2.8 ) x 2 = 12.8 cm

Max perimeter = (3.65 + 2.85) x 2 = 23 cm    Expressions

% error =   13 –12.8     x  100    m         =     0.2        x     100  (3)

12.8                                     12.8

= 1.5620%        (A)

 

  1.      1 1/6 x ¾  – 11/12   = (7/6 x ¾ )  -11/12         =  7/8 – 11/12   =   21-22  

½  of 5/6                       ½ of 5/6                        5/12              5/12

= -1/24    = -1  x 12    =  -1

5/12        24   5          10       (3)

 

  1. Volume of rod = П r2h = 22/7 x 4  x 14 = 704cm3                (m)

                    Volume of each cube = 2x2x2 = 8 cm3                         A

 

No. of cubes = 704 /8  = 88 cm3   A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

< AOB = 360    = 450

                          8

Tan 67.5 =  h

4

h = 4 x 2.414                A

=  9.650cm

Area of 1 triangle = ½ x 8 x 9.656 x 8 cm = 38.628 x 8   vm

Octagon area  =  38.628 x 8      m

=  309.0 cm2        (A)

 

  1. 3   2        -1             2

=

2              1          -1           y

 

3 – x = 2       (1)       x = 1                          (2)

2 –  1 = y                 y = 1  (A)

 

  1. x 2 + y2 – 6x + 8y – 11 = 0

x2 – 6x + (-3)2 + y2 + 8y + (4)2 = 11 + (-3)2 + (4)2         (completing the square)

(x – 3)2 + (y+4)2 = 11 + 9 + 16 = 36

(x – 3)2 + (y + 4)2 = 62                                                                                          

Centre is  (3, -4)

Radius       = 6 units           As                                            (3)

 

 

14.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Figs A C B  and D C E are similar

AB       =          AC       =  and   AB       =          BC

                         DE                    DC                 DE                   CE

 

10    =  6 + x

3          6

= 10   =  15 + y,     m

3            y                                                    60 = 18 + 3x

10y  = 15 + 3y                                                   3x = 42

7y = 15                                                                x = 14

 

y = 15/7              (A)                                                                             (3)

A (4 , 3)           B(8,13)

 

  1. (i) gdt          = change in y    = 13-3 = 10     =  5

change in x       8-4       4          2

 

(ii)      Mag  AB  =  8     -4           4                                                    =

13 -3         10

Length =   Ö42 + 10   = Ö116 = 10.77 units

(iii)   Mid point  = 4 +8  ,    3 + 3

2             2

=  (6, 8)    (mid point)                                                (5 mks)

gdt of perpendicular to AB = -ve rec. of 5/2

-2/5

Eqn is  y = -2/5 x + c

8 = -2/5  x 6 + c    =  40  = -12  +  5c

= c = 52/5

 

y = -2/5 x + 52/5        (A)

 

 

  1. Acceleration = Change in velocity

Time

= (34 – 10) m/s                  = 24 m/s

60 x 10                                600

 

= 0.04m/s2-                                (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triangle                                    (8)

AC = 9cm

Circumference Centre

Circle

Perpendicular bisector of AB

P

Q

 

 

 

  1. (b) a b   2       3          5        6          10        12

c          d   2       4          2        10        19        13

 

2a +2b = 6  x 2       = 49 + 4b = 12

3a + 4b = 10             3a + 4b = 10

a     = 2              4 + 2b = b

 

2c + 2d = 10×2 = 4c + 4d = 20                2 b = 2  b = 1

3c + 4d  = 19        3c + 4d  = 19

c           = 1

2 (1)  + 2d = 10

2d = 8                           Matrix is           2          1      (A)

d = 4                                                  1          4

 

 

 

 

 

OC = 5/3 (31) = 5A

 

19.

 

 

(a)  = AO + OB                         MC = MO + OC

= -3a  = 4b                         = -5/8 (4b) + 5

= 5A – 5/2 b

 

(b) MN = 5 Mc     = 3(5a – 5/2 b)

= 5 s a – 5/2 s b

 

MN = BN + BN

=  3/8 (4 b) + (1 – t) (-BA)

=  3/8 (4 b) + (1 – t)(3a – 4 b)

=  3/2  b + 3 ta –4b + 4tb

= (3-3t) a (4t – 5/2)b

 

MN = MN

= 5 s a – 5/2  sb = (3-3t)a +   (4t – 5/2 )b

=  5 a =  3 – 3t       = 5s + 3t =3

= -5/2 s = 4t –5/2  v     5s + 8t = 5 

-5t = -2            t = 2/5

5 s   = 3 – 3(2/5)

= 3 – 6/5 = 9/5

= 3 – 6/5 = 9/5

s = 9/25

 

(i)    AN :     NB = 2 : 3

 

(ii)   MN :    9   :  16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.

 

 

θ x pr2

360

 

  1. Area of sector SPR =  80/360 x 13.2 x 13.2 x 3.142

=  121.6

Area of triangle SPR ½ x 13.2  x 13.2 x sin 80

= 85.8 cm2

(m of area of ) A (at least one)

(m of area)  A(at least one)

Area of segment = 121.6 – 85.8

= 35.8 cm2

Area of sector QPR = 90/360 x 3.142 x 12 x12

 

Area of  PQR = ½ x 12 x 12 = 722

                    Area of segment = 113.1 – 72

= 41.1cm2

Area of intersection = (35.8 + 41.1) = 76.9 cm2

 

b).  Area of quadrilateral  = Area of   PQR + SPR

=  85.8 + 72 = 157.8cm2

Area of shaded region  =  Area of Quadrilateral – Area of sector SPR

=  157.8 – 121.6

=  36.2 cm2

 

 

  1. y = q                   p + x = q                       1  =  x + p

p + x                          y                      y      q    q

 

Gradient  = 1/q   at (0, 0.95)  (8,2.0)  (8,2.0)  gradient   =  2.0 – 0.95  =  1.05

8                 8

1          =  0.1312

q

=  1      =  7.619

0.1312

q =  7.62.

 

y(1/y)  Intercept   p    =  0.95     P   =  0.95

q                7.62

 

p = 7.62 x 095  =  7.27

at x =  14,  y = 2.7

at  y = 0.46,  1/y  =  2.174

x  =  9.6.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Distance  =  75km   uphill speed  =  vkm/h

uphill Time  =  75/v hrs

Downhill speed  = ( + 20)  km/h

Downhill Time    =        75         hrs.

                                             v + 20

Takes larger uphill

75  –  75             =  1

v         v+20

75 (v+20) – 75v            = 1

v(v + 20)                    1

75v + 1500 – 75v  =  v(v + 20)  =  v2 + 20v.

v2 + 20v  – 1500  =  0

v  =  – 20 +  202 – 4(1)  (-1500)

2(1)

v  =  –20 +  400 + 6000  = –20 + v6400

2                        2.

V1     =  –20  +  80      =  30km/hr

2

V2    =   – 20 – 80      X   impossible

2

speed uphill      =  30 km /hr,  T = 75  time =  2 ½ hrs

30

speed downhill =  50 km /hr  Time = 75      Time =  2 ½ hr

50

Average speed   =  Total  distance         =  150km          =  37.5 km/ hr

                                                Total time                      4hrs

 

X 0 4 8 12 16 20
Y 1.0 0.64 0.5 0.42 0.34 0.28
1/y 1.0 1.56 2.0 2.38 2.94 3.57

 

 

  1. A                 B

 

 

 

 

D                      C

 

A x X x C  =  BX .  XD

8 x 4           =  6BX

BX       =  8 x 142          =   16  

6                     3

X AD   =  XBC

XA       =  8    =  24      =  3

XB        16        16          2

XD      =    6      =    3

XC               4              2

 

<   AXD   =   BXC            (vertically opposite  <s))

                                                    SAS holds  :  they are similar.

LSF  =   3/2    ASF  =  (3/2)2  =  9/4

Area  A x A  =  6cm2    Area  B x C  =  6 x 9       =  27   =  13.5cm2

4

 

24.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) AD =   50km

DC   =   35km

BD  = 90km

Bearing is 020

Bearing is 134o                                                                                                       (8mks)

 

 

MATHEMATICS  I

PART II

 

SECTION (52 MARKS)

 

  1. Without using tables, simplify

1.43 x 0.091 x 5.04

2.86 x 2.8 x 11.7                                                                                             (3mks)

 

  1. Make x the subject of the formula if

y = a/x  +  bx                                                                                                    (3mks)

 

  1. Give the combined solution for the range of x values satisfying the inequality

2x + 1<  10 – x  <   6x – 1                                                                                 (3mks)

 

  1. A man is employed at a KShs. 4000 salary and a 10% annual increment. Find the total amount of money received in the first five years                                                                   (4mks)

 

  1. A town A is 56 km from B on a bearing 0620.  A third town C is 64 km from B on the bearing of 140o.  Find

(i) The distance of A to C                                                                                        (2mks)

(ii) The bearing of A from C                                                                                          (3mks)

 

  1. Expand (x + y)6 hence evaluate (1.02) to 3d.p.                                                         (3mks)

 

  1. Rationalise the denominator in                                                                               (2mks)

 

Ö 3

1 – v3

 

 

 

  1. The table below shows daily sales of sodas in a canteen for 10 days.

 

 Day 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
No. of 52 41 43 48 40 38 36 40 44 45

 

Calculate the 4 day moving averages for the data                                                     (3mks)

 

  1. Find the image of the line y = 3x = 4 under the transformation whose matrix is.

3mks

2           1

-1         2

 

  1. Three points are such that A (4 , 8), B(8,7), C (16, 5). Show that the three points are collinear                                                                                                                                          (3mks)
  2. Write down the inverse of the matrix 2 – 3 hence solve for x and y if

4     3

2x  – 3y = 7

4x + 3y +5                                                                                                        (3mks)

 

  1. Use the table reciprocals to evaluate to 3 s.f.                                     3mks

1/7  +  3/12  +  7/0.103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that O is the centre of the circle and OA is parallel to CB, and that angle

ABC =   1070,  find

(i) Angles AOC,                (ii) OCB               (iii) OAB                                                 (3mks)

  1. Two points A and B are 1000m apart on level ground, a fixed distance from the foot of a hill. If the angles of elevation of the hill top from A and B are 60o and 30o respectively, find the height of the hill                                                                                           (4 mks)
  2. Two matatus on a dual carriageway are moving towards a bus stop and are on level 5 km from the stop. One is travelling 20 km/hr faster than the other, and arrives 30 seconds earlier. Calculate their speeds.       (5mks)
  3. If log x = a and log y = b, express in terms of a and b

Log  x 3 

VY                                                                                                             (2mks)

 

SECTION B:

 

  1. The table below gives the performance of students in a test in percentage score.
Marks 0-9 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69 70-79
No. of Students  

2

 

4

 

7

 

19

 

26

 

15

 

12

 

5

 

Using an assumed mean of 44.5, calculate

  1. The mean
  2. The standard deviation
  3. Find the median mark

 

 

 

  1. Draw the graph of y = 2x2 – x – 4 for the range of x -3  = x  =  3.  From your  graph

State the minimum co-ordinates

  1. Solve the equations
  2. 2x2 – x – 4 = 0
  3. 2x2 – 3x – 4 = 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Two concentric circles are such that the larger one has a radius of 6cm and the smaller one radius of 4 cm. Find the probability that an item dropped lands on the shaded region           4mks

 

  1. Two unbiased dice are thrown. Find the probability of obtaining (4mks)
  2. A product of 6
  3. A sum of 8

iii. The same number showing                                                                             (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two pulley wheels centers A and B are joined by a rubber band C D E F G H C round them.  Given that larger wheel has radius of 12 cm and AB = 20 cm, CD and GF are tangents  common to  both  wheels and that CBA = 60o), Find

  1. BD (Length)
  2. CD

iii.  Arc length CHG and DEF, hence find the length of the rubber.

 

  1. V A B C D is a right pyramid with a square base A B C D of side 5 cm. Each of its four triangular

faces is inclined at 750 to the base. Calculate

  1. The perpendicular height of the pyramid
  2. The length of the slant edge VA
  3. The angle between edge VA and base A B C D
  4. The area of the face VAB

 

  1. Plot the graphs of y = sin xo and y = cos 2xo on the same axes for –180 £ x £180o.

Use your graphs to solve the equation 2 sin x = cos  2x

 

  1. The depth of the water in a rectangular swimming pool increases uniformly from 1M at the shallow

end to 3.5m at the deep end.  The pool is  25m long  and  12m  wide. Calculate the volume of the pool

in cubic meters.

The pool is emptied by a cylindrical pipe of internal radius 9cm. The water flows through the pipe at speed of 3 metres per second.  Calculate the number of litres emptied from the pool in two minutes to the nearest 10 litres.          (Take II = 3.142)

 

 

 

  1. A rectangle A B C D is such that A and C lie on the line y = 3x. The images of B and D under a

reflection in the line y = x are B1 (-1, -3) and D1 (1,3) respectively.

  1. Draw on a cartesian plane, the line y = x  and mark points B1 and D1
  2. Mark the points B and D before reflection
  3. Draw the line y = 3x hence mark the points A and C to complete and draw the rectangle ABCD.

State its co-ordinates, and these of A1 and C1.

  1. Find the image of D under a rotation, through – 900, Center the origin.

 

 

MATHEMATICS I

PART II

MARKING SCHEME.

  1. 1.43 X 0.091 X 5.04100000        91 X 504           =        7/103

                        2.86 X 2.8 X 11.7             105             2 x 28 x 117 x 103

                                                                                                                                                                                    (3)

                                                                                                                         = 0.007            (A)

  1. y = a/x + bx yx = a + bx2

Either

bx2 – yx + a = 0

 

x =     y   ±   v y2 –  4ab

2b                                                         (3)

 

  1. 2x + 1£  10 – x  £    bx  -1

2x + 1 £ 10 – x            10 –x £  6x –1

3x £   9                                    11£   7x

x  £  3                               x   £ 11/7                                                             (3)

11/7 £  x   £   3

 

  1. a = 4000 r = 110/100   =      1.1   ( 4000, 4000 + 4000, 4400 + 0/100 (4400——)

(a and r)

Sn  =  a(r n – 1)       

                                    R  -1                                                     1.1 Log  = 0.04139

     X   5

0.20695

 

0.1                               (4)

= 4000 (1.15 –1)   (any)

1.1 –1                                                   4000 (1.6 – 1)

0.1

A  =  4000 ( 0.6105)

0.1

= Sh. 2442       =    Sh. 24,420       (A)                                       (4)

0.1

 

  1. (i) b2=  a2 + b2 – 2ab Cos B

= 642  + 562– 2(64) (56) cos 78

= 4096 + 3136  – 7168 (0.2079)

= 7232  – km 1490.3

 

b2  = 5741.7  = 5.77 km                  (5)

 

(ii)        b                a

            Sin B          Sin A

 

75.77    =      64

Sin 78         sin A         Sin A = 64 x 0.9781     

75.77                   

Sin A = 0.08262

A  = 55.70  (or B = 46.30)

 

Bearing = 90 – 28 – 55.7

= 0.06.30                       (A)

 

  1. (x + y) 6 =  1 (x) 6 (y)0 + 6 (x)5 (y)1+15(x)4 (y)2 + 20x3y3 + 15x2y4 + 6xy5 + y6

(1.02)6 = (1 +0.02)6 x = 1

y = 0.02

 

(1.02)6 = 1+6 (0.02) + 15 (0.02)2 + 15(0.02) + 20(0.02)3 + 15 (0.02)4                          

=  1 + 0.12  + 0.006 + 0.00016

= 1.12616

= 1.126  (to 3 d.p)                                                                                 (3)

 

  1.       3(1 +  3)                 =  3  +  3          3 + v3

(1-  3)(1+  3)                     1-3                          2

 

  1. Moving averages of order 4

M1        =  52 + 41 + 43 + 48                  184       = 146

4                                   4

M2            184 – 52 + 40   = 172  = 43                               for 7

4                 4                                   for > 4

M3             = 172– 40 + 38 = 170    = 42.5

4                     4

M4             170 – 38+36  = 168   = 42

4                  4

M5        = 168 – 36 + 40 = 173    = 43                (3)

4                4

M6             = 172 – 40 + 44 = 176    = 44

4              4

M7             = 176 – 44 + 45 = 177    = 44.25

4             4

 

  1. y = 3x + 4

A(0,4) B (1,7) Object points

                                                A         B          A         B

2          1          0          1          4          9

=

-1         2          4          7          8          13

Y =  Mx + C

M = 13 – 8  =  5  = 1

9-4                  5     1

 

y = x+c                                  y = x + 4

8 = 4 + c    c  = 4

 

  1. AB = 8     -4                        4                      BC =   16      – 8                        -8     for either

=

7     -8                      -1                                  5        – 7             -2

 

 

AB = ½   BC  and AB and BC share point B.

A,B,C  are collinear.                                                               (3)

 

  1. 2          -3

 

4          3          det. = 6 + 12 = 18

Inv.=     1         3          3

18

-4         2

1         3      3     2     -3   x       1           3   3       7

18                                            18

-4    2      4       2  y                     -4  2       5

x                       36

1

y          18        -18                    (3)

x = 2, y = -1      (A)

 

  1. 1/7 + 3/12.4 + 7/0.103

1/7 + 3/1.24 x 10-1 + 7/1.03 x 10-1

 

  0.1429 + 3(0.8064) + 7 x 10 (0.9709)

10

= 0.1429 + 0.2419 + 67.96                                 (3)

=70.52                             (A)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (i) ADC = 2×73

= 1460

 

(ii) OCB = x = 180 – 146 = 34

(iii) 360 – 107 – 146 – 34

= 73 0

 

  1. Tan 300 = y/x y  =  x tan  30

Tan 600  = 1000 + y       ;     y = x tan 60 – 1000

X

X tan 300  = x tan 60 – 1000

0.5773 x = 1.732x – 1000

1.732x – 0.577 = 1000

1.155x = 1000

x = 1000

1.155           = 866.0 m         (A)                   (4)

 

 

  1. 5 km Slower speed = x km/hr

Time    = 5/x

Faster = (x+20) k/h

Time = 5/x=20            T1 – T2 = 5/x  – 5/x+20 = 30/3600

5 (x+20) –5x       1

x(x+20) 120

120 (5/x + 100 – 5x) = x2 + 20x             (5)

x2 + 20x – 12000

x = –20      400 + 48000

2

x = -20 ±  220

2

Spd = 100 km/h

And x = 120 km/h                                 (A)

  1. Log x = a log y = b

Log  x3  = Log x3  –  log y ½

y

= 3 Log x – ½ Log y

= 8a –  ½ ab

 

SECTION B

 

17.

Marks Mid point (x) d = x-44.5 F E = d/10 Ft T2 Ft2   v
0-9 4.5 -40 2 -4 -8 16 32
10-19 14.5 -30 4 -3 -12 9 36
20-29 24.5 -20 7 -2 -14 4 28
30-39 34.5 -10 19 -1 -19 1 19
40-49 44.5 -0 26 0 0 0 0
50-59 54.5 -10 15 1 15 1 15
60-69 64.5 20 12 2 24 4 48
70-79 74.5 30 5 3 15 9 45

=90                              =1                                =223

 

 

(a)   Mean = (1 / 90 x 10) + 44.5 = 44.5 + 0.111

= 44.610

 

(b)   Standard deviation = 10  233/90  – (1/90)2                        

                                                            10  2.478  – 0.0001                              (8)

10   2.478

10 x 1.574  = 15. 74    (A)

(c)    Median 45.5th value  = 39.5  + (13.5 x 10/ 26)

39.5 + 5.192                 (A)

44.69

 

(a)     The probability  = Shaded area

                                     Large circle area

Shaded area = ПR2 – П r2

= 22/7 (42 – 32) v  = 22/7 x 7  = 22

            Large area  = 22/7 x4x4 = 352/7 (A)

Probability = 22         = 22  x  7 =    7

352/7            352      16

 

(b)

  1 2 3 4 5 6
1 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6
2 2,1 2,2 2,3 2,4 2,5 2,6
3 3,1 3,2 3,3 3,4 3,5 3,6
4 4,1 4,2 4,3 4,4 4,5 4,6
5 5,1 5,2 5,3 5,4 5,5 5,6
6 6,1 6,2 6,3 6,4 6,5 6,6

(M)

 

(i)    P(Product of 6) = P((1,6) or (2,3) or (3,2) or (6,1))

= 4/36   =  1/9

(4)

(ii)   P (sum of 8)   = P( (2,6) or (3,5) or (4,4) or (5,3) or (6,2) )

= 5/36               (A)

 

(iii)  P (same number)  = P (1,1) or (2,2) or (3,3) or (4,4) or (5,5) or (6,6)

6/36  = 1/6   (A)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)         Cos 60   = x/20 x = 20 x 0.5  = 10 cm

BD = 12 – 10 = 2 cm

 

(ii)          CD = y  Sin 60  = y/20                        y = 20x 0.8666

CD = 17.32 cm

 

 

 

 

(iii)        CHG  = 120        reflex  = 2400

CHG = 240/360 x 2 x p x r

= 50.27

DBF = 1200/360  x 2 x  П x  r  =  1/3 x 2 x 3.142 x 2

=  4.189                               (A)

Length C D E f G H C  =          50.27 + 2(17.32) + 4.189

= 89.189                     (A)

 

  1. (a) From the diagram, XO = 5/2 = 2.5

Tan 750 = VO/2.5          v m

VO  =  2.5 x 3.732

 

Perpendicular height  = VO  = 9.33 cm

2                      (A)

  1. Diagonal of base = 52 + 52  = 50
        Length of diag.   50       = 7.071    = 5.536

VA2 = AO2 + VO2     (m)

3.5362  + 9.32

12.50 + 87.05

= 99.55 = 9.98 cm2        (A)                  (8)

 

 

(c )                   = VAO  Tan =      9.33     = 2.639

3.536

VAO = 69.240                                                (A)

 

 

(d)                    Cos VBA = = 2.5 /9.98   = 0.2505

VBA = 75.490

Area VBA = ½  x 5  x 4.99 x sin 75.45             m  ( or other perimeter)

= 5 x 4.99 x   0.9681

= 24.15 cm2                  (A)

 

  1. Volume = cross – section Area x L

X-sec Area = (1 x 25)  +  (½  x 25 x 2.5)

=  25 + 31.25  =  56. M

Volume  = 56.25 x 12

= 675 m3                               

            Volume passed / sec  = cross section area x speed

= П r2 x l           = 3.14  x  9/100 x  9/100  x 3                 (8)

= 0.07635  m3 /sec         v (M)

Volume emptied in 2 minutes

= 0.07635 x 60 x 2

= 9.162 m2                (A)

1 m3  = 1000 l

= 9.162 litres

= 9160 litres                 (A)

 

 

 

 

 

24.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS II

PART I

 

SECTION A (52 MARKS)

 

  1. Use tables to evaluate

3Ö 0.09122 + Ö 3.152                                                           (5mks)

0.1279 x 25.71

  1. Simplify  (a – b)2

a2 – b2                                                             (2mks)

 

 

  1. The gradient function of a curve that passes through point: (-1, -1) is 2x + 3.

Find the equation of the curve.                                                                               (3mks)

  1. Find the value of k for which the matrix k     3

has no inverse.   (2mks)                            3     k

  1. Without using tables, evaluate       log 128 – log 18

log 16 – log 6                                                          (3mks)

  1. Find the equation of the locus of points equidistant from point L(6,0) and N(-8,4). (3mks)
  2. The value of a machine is shs. 415,000. The machine depreciates at a rate of 15% p.a. Find how many years it will take for the value of the machine to be half of the original value. (4mks)
  3. Use reciprocal tables to evaluate to 3 d.p. 2             1   

0.321           n2.2                                          (4mks)

  1. Using the trapezium rule, estimate the area bounded by the curve y = x2, the x – axis and the co-ordinates x = 2 and x = 5 using six strips. (4mks)
  2. Solve the equation for 00 £ q £ 3600 and Cos2q + ½ Cosq = 0 (3mks)
  3. Point P divides line MK in the ratio 4:5. Find the co-ordinates of point P if K is point (-6,10) and M is

point (3,-8)                                                                                                                          (3mks)

  1. How many multiples of 3 are there between 28 and 300 inclusive. (3mks)
  2. The line y = mx – 1, where m is a constant , passes through point (3,1). Find the angle the line makes with the x – axis. (3mks)
  3. In the figure below, AF is a tangent to the circle at point A. Given that FK = 3cm, AX = 3cm, KX = 1.5cm and AF = 5cm, find CX and XN. (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Make X the subject of the formula (3mks)

V = 3Ö k + x

sk – x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Write down the inequalities that describe the unshaded region below. (4mks)

y

 

 

0.5         2                   x

 

-1.5

-2

 

      SECTION B (48 MARKS)

     

  1. Draw the graph of y = -x2 + 3x + 2 for –4 £ x £ 4. Use your graph to solve the equations

(i.) 3x + 2 – x2 = 0               (ii) –x2 – x = -2                                                       (8mks)

 

  1. The marks obtained by Form 4 students in Examination were as follows:

 

 

Marks 0-9 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59
No. of students 2 8 6 7 8 10
Marks 60-69 70-79 80-89 90-99  
No. of Students 9 6 3    

      Using 74.5 as the Assumed mean, calculate:

(i) The mean mark

(ii) The standard deviation                                                                                      (8mks)

  1. In the figure below, a and b are the position vectors of points A and B respectively. K is a point on

AB such that the AK:KB = 1:1. The point R divides line OB in the ratio 3:2 and point S divides OK in

the ratio 3:1.

 

B

R

B                                 K

 

0               a                     A

(a) Express in terms of a and b

(i) OK       (iii) RS

(iii) OS      (iv) RA

(b) Hence show that R,S and A are collinear.                                                          (8mks)

 

  1. The figure below is the roof of a building. ABCD is a rectangle and the ridge XY is centrally placed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate:

(i) The angle between planes BXC and ABCD.

(ii) The angle between planes ABXY and ABCD.                                                          (8mks)

  1. On the same axis, draw the graph of y = 2cosx and y = sin ½x for 00 £ x £ 1800, taking intervals of 150

                                                                                                                                                                                                          (6mks)

From the graph, find:

(a) The value of x for which 2cosx = sin ½ x                                                                              (1mk)

(b) The range of values of x for which –1.5 £ 2cos x £ 1.5                                              (1mk)

  1. Two towns T and S are 300km apart. Two buses A and B started from T at the same time travelling towards S. Bus B travelled at an average speed of 10km/hr greater than that of A and reached S 1 ¼ hrs earlier.

(a) Find the average speed of A.                                                                                    (6mks)

(b) How far was A from T when B reached S.                                                                (2mks)

  1. P and Q are two ports 200km apart. The bearing of Q from P is 0400. A ship leaves port Q on a bearing of 1500 at a speed of 40km/hr to arrive at port R 7 ½ hrs later. Calculate:

(a) The distance between ports Q and R.                                                                        (2mks)

(b) The distance between ports P and R.                                                                  (3mks)

(c) The bearing of port R from port P.                                                                      (3mks)

  1. A farmer has 15 hectares of land on which he can grow maize and beans only. In a year he grows maize on more land than beans. It costs him shs. 4400 to grow maize per hectare and shs 10,800 to grow beans per hectare. He is prepared to spend at most shs 90,000 per year to grow the crops. He makes a profit of shs 2400 from one hectare of maize and shs 3200 from one hectare of beans. If x hectares are planted with maize and y hectares are planted with beans.

(a) Write down all the inequalities describing this information.                                      (13mks)

(b) Graph the inequalities and find the maximum profit he makes from the crops in a year.          (5mks)

 

 

MATHEMATICS II

PART II

 

  1. Use logarithm tables to Evaluate

3Ö 36.5 x 0.02573

1.938                                                                                                              (3mks)

  1. The cost of 5 shirts and 3 blouses is sh 1750. Martha bought 3 shirts and one blouse for shillings 850. Find the cost of each shirt and each blouse.             (3mks)
  2. If K = ( y-c  )1/2

4p

  1. a) Make y the subject of the formula.       (2mks)
  2. b) Evaluate y, when K = 5, p = 2 and c = 2                                                                   (2mks)
  3. Factorise the equation:

x + 1/x = 10/3                                                                                                             (3mks)

  1. DA is the tangent to the circle centre O and Radius 10cm. If OD = 16cm, Calculate the area of the shaded Region.       (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Construct the locus of points P such that the points X and Y are fixed points 6cm apart and

ÐXPY =     600.                                                                                                            (2mks)

  1. In the figure below, ABCD is cyclic quadrilateral and BD is diagonal. EADF is a straight line,

CDF = 680, BDC = 450 and BAE = 980.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate the size of:                                                                                               (2mks)

  1. a) ÐABD                                       b) ÐCBD
  2. Otieno bought a shirt and paid sh 320 after getting a discount of 10%. The shopkeeper made a profit of 20% on the sale. Find the percentage profit the shopkeeper would have made if no discount was allowed?       (2mks)
  3. Calculate the distance:
  4. i) In nautical miles (nm)
  5. ii) In kilometres (km)

Between the two places along the circle of Latitude:

  1. a) A(300N, 200E) and B(300N, 800E) (Take Radius of Earth = 6371Km).                (2mks)
  2. b) X(500S, 600W) and Y(500S, 200E) (Take Radius of Earth = 6371Km).                  (2mks)
  3. A rectangular tank of base 2.4m by 2.8m and height 3m contains 3,600 litres of water initially. Water flows into the tank at the rate of 0.5m/s. Calculate the time in hours and minutes required to fill the tank. (4mks)
  4. Expand (1 + a)5 up to the term of a power 4. Use your expansion to Estimate (0.8)5 correct to 4 decimal places. (4mks)  
  5. A pipe is made of metal 2cm thick. The external Radius of the pipe is 21cm. What volume of metal is there in a 34m length of pipe (p = 3.14).       (4mks)
  6. If two dice are thrown, find the probability of getting: a sum of an odd number and a sum of scoring more than 7 but less than 10. (4mks)
  7. Find the following indefinite integral ò 8x5 – 3x dx                                                                  (4mks)

x3

  1. The figure below represents a circle of radius 14cm with a sector subtending an angle of 600 at the centre.

 

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Find the area of the shaded segment.                                                                                         (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Use the data below to find the standard deviation of the marks.

 

Marks (x ) Frequency (f)
5

6

7

8

9

3

8

9

6

4

(4mks)

 

SECTION II (48MKS)

 

  1. The figure below shows a cube of side 5cm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate:

  1. a) Length FC                                                                                                      (1mk)
  2. b) Length HB                                                                                                        (1mk)
  3. c) Angle between GB and the plane ABCD. (1mk)
  4. d) Angle between AG and the Base.       (1mk)
  5. e) Angle between planes AFC and ABCD. (2mks)
  6. f) If X is mid-point of the face ABCD, Find angle AGX. (2mks)
  7. Draw on the same axes the graphs of y = Sin x0 and y = 2Sin (x0 + 100) in the domain 00 £ x0 £ 1800
  8. i) Use the graph to find amplitudes of the functions.
  9. ii) What transformation maps the graph of y = Sin x0 onto the graph of : y = 2Sin (x0 +100).
  10. The table below shows the masses to the nearest gram of 150 eggs produced at a farm in Busiro

country.

Mass(g) 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
Freq.  1  2  2  1  6  11  9  7  10  12  16  16
Mass(g) 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 70  
Freq.  10  11  9  7   5  3  4  3  3  1  1  

 

Make a frequency Table with class-interval of 5g. Using 52g as a working mean, calculate the mean mass. Also calculate the median mass using ogive curve.

  1. A shopkeeper stores two brands of drinks called soft and bitter drinks, both produced in cans of same

size. He wishes to order from supplies and find that he has room for 1000 cans. He knows that bitter

drinks has higher demand and so proposes to order at least twice as many cans of bitter as soft. He

wishes however to have at least 90cans of soft and not more than 720 cans of bitter. Taking x to be

the number of cans of soft and y to be the number of cans of bitter which he orders. Write down the

four inequalities involving x and y which satisfy these conditions. Construct and indicate clearly by

shading the unwanted regions.

 

 

 

 

  1. Two aeroplanes, A and B leave airport x at the same time. A flies on a bearing 0600 at 750km/h and B flies on bearing of 2100 at 900km/h:
  2. a) Using a suitable scale draw a diagram to show the positions of Aeroplanes after 2hrs.
  3. b) Use your graph to determine:
  4. i) The actual distance between the two aeroplanes.
  5. ii) The bearing of B from A.

iii) The bearing of A from B.

  1. The Probabilities that it will either rain or not in 30days from now are 0.5 and 0.6 respectively. Find the probability that in 30 days time.
  2. a) it will either rain and not.
  3. b) Neither will not take place.
  4. c) One Event will take place.
  5. Calculate the Area of each of the two segments of y = x(x+1)(x-2) cut off by the x axis. (8mks)
  6. Find the co-ordinates of the turning point on the curve of y = x3 – 3x2 and distinguish between them.

 

MATHEMATICS II

PART I

MARKING SCHEME:

 

  1. 0.09122 = (9.12 x 10-2)2 = 0.008317

Ö 3.152 = 1.776

3Ö 1.776 + 0.008317

0.1279 x 25.91

= 3Ö 1.784317              No.             log      

0.1279 x 25.91           1.784         0.2514

0.1279    -1.1069

25.71           1.4101 +

0.5170

-1.7344

x 1/3

10-1 x 8.155(6)                    1-1.9115

Or 0.8155(6)

 

  1. (a – b)(a – b) a – b

(a – b)(a + b)       a + b

 

  1. dy = 2x + 3

dx

y = x2 + 3x + c

-1 = 1 – 3 + c

c = 1     ;     E.g  y = x2 + 3x + 1

 

  1. K2 – 9 = 0

K = ± 3

 

  1. log 128    =  log       64

18                    9

 

log   16        log     8 

6                    3

2 log (8/3)

log (8/3)

= 2

 

  1. Midpoint -8 + 6, 4 + 0         (-1, 2)

2         2

Gradient of LN = 4/-14 = -2/7

Gradient of ^ bisector = 7/2

y – 2  = 7/2

x + 1

y = 7/2X + 11/2

 

  1. 207,500 = 415,000(1 – 15 )n

100

0.5 = ( 85 )n

100

0.5 = 0.85n

log 0.5 = n log 0.85

log 0.5  = n

log 0.85

n = –1.6990   =    -0.3010 = 4.264yrs

-1.9294      -0.0706

 

  1. 2 x      1        =   1  . x 20 = 0.3115 x  20 = 6.230

3.21 x 10-1    3.21

   1     =         1      =  0.5807 = 0.005807

172.2    1.722 x 102           100

6.230 – 0.005807 = 6.224193

= 6. 224(3d.p)

 

X 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5
y 4 6.25 9 12.25 16 20.25 25

h = ½

Area= ½ x ½[29+2(6.25+9+12.25+16+20.25+25)]

= ¼ [29 + 127.5]

= ¼  x 156.5  =  39.125  sq. units.

 

  1. Cos q (cos q + ½ ) = 0

cos q = 0        cos q = -0.5

q = 900, 2700    q = 1200, 2400              

\ q = 900, 1200, 2400, 2700

 

  1. MP = 4 MK MK =      -9

9                                   -18

MP = 4 ( -9  ) = ( -4 )

9  -18          8

\ P is ( -1,0 )

 

  1. a = 30 d = 3   l = 300

300 = 30 + 3 (n – 1 )

300 = 30 + 3n – 3

300 – 27 = 3n

273 = 3n

91 = n  

 

 

 

 

  1. y = mx – 1

1 = 3m – 1

m = 2/3 = 0.6667

tan q = 0.6667  ;     q = 33.690    

 

  1. FK x FC = FA2

FC = 25/3 = 8 1/3 cm

CX = 81/3 – 9/2 = 23/6 = 35/6 cm

CX x XK = XA x XN

33/6 x 3/2 = 3 x XN

\ XN = 111/12 cm

 

  1. V3 = k + x

k – x

V3k – V3x = k + x

V3k – k = x + V3x

V3k – k = x( 1 + v3)

V3k – k  = x

1 + V3

 

  1. (i.) x = 2 Þ x £ 2

(ii) y = -2 Þ y > -2

(iii)pts. (0.5,0)

(0,-1.5)

m = -1.5 – 0  = 3

0 – 0.5

Eq. Y = 3x – 1.5    y < 3x – 1.5

 

     

SECTION B

 

X -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4
Y -26 -16 -8 -2 2 4 4 2 -2

(i) Roots are x = -0.5   x = 3.6

 

(ii)  y = -x2 + 3x + 2

0 = -x2 – x + 2 

y = 4x     (-2, -8) (1, 4)

Roots are x = -2, x = 1

 

  1. class x f       d=x-74.5       fd             d2       fd2    

0 – 9        4.5    2         – 70         – 140       4900        9800

10 – 19    14.5     8         – 60         – 480       3600     28,800

20 – 29    24.5     6         – 50         – 300       2500     15,000

30 – 39    34.5     7         – 40         – 280       1600     11,200

40 – 49    44.5     8         – 30         – 240         900       7,200

50 – 59    54.5    10        – 20         – 200         400       4,000

60 – 69    64.5     9         – 10           – 90         100          900

70 – 79    74.5     6            0               0              0              0

80 – 89    84.5     3          10              30         100          300

90 – 99    94.5     1          20            20         400          400   

Sf =       Sfd =                                     Sfd2 =     77,600

60                        -1680

(i) Mean = 74.5 + -1680

60

= 74.5 – 28  =    46.5

(ii) Standard deviation = Ö 77600 – ( –1680 )2

60            60

= Ö 1283.3 – 784

= Ö 499.3 = 22.35

 

  1. a (i.) OK = OA + AK = ½ a + ½ b

(ii) OS = ¾ OK = 3/8 a + 3/8 b

(iii)RS = RO + OS = 3/8 a – 9/40 b

(iv) RA = RO + OA = – 3/5 b + a

 

  1. RA = a – 3/5 b   RS = 3/8 a + 9/40 b

= 3/8( a – 3/5 b)

\ RS = 3/8 RA

The vectors are parallel and they have a common

point R  \ point R, S and A are collinear

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KB = 3m   NK = 1.5m   XB = 5m

(i)  XK = Ö 52 – 32  = Ö 16 = 4m

let ÐXKN = q

cos q = 1.5  = 0.375

4

q = 67.97(8)0

 

(ii) In DXNK

XN = Ö 42 – 1.52 = Ö 13.75 = 3.708

In D SMR; MR = KB = 3m

SM = XN = 3.708m

Let ÐSRM = a

tan a = 3.708  =1.236

3

a = 51.02(3)0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.

 

  0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800
Y =2cosX 2.00 1.93 1.73 1.41 1.00 0.52 0.00 -0.52 -1 -1.41 -1.73 -1.93 -2.00
Y = sin ½ X 0.00 0.13 0.26 0.38 0.50 0.61 0.71 0.79 0.87 0.92 0.97  0.99 1.00

(a) X = 730 ± 10

(b) Between 40.50 and 139.50

 

 

  1. 300km

T                                               S

Let the speed of A be X km/hr

Speed of B = (X + 10) km/hr

Time taken by A = 300 hrs

X

Time taken by B = 300 hrs

X + 10

300300  =  5

x    x + 10    4

300(x + 10) – 300x  = 5

x(x + 10)    4

300x + 300 – 300x = 5

x2 + 10x

x2 + 10x – 2400 = 0.

x = 44.25

X = -54.25 N/A

(b) Distance covered by A in 1 ¼ hrs  = 44.25 x 5/4  = 55.3 km

Distance of A from T is 300 – 55.3 = 244.7 km

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) Distance = 15 x 40 = 300km

2

(b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PR2 = 2002 + 3002 –2x 200 x 300 cos700

= 130,000 – 41040   =   88,960

PR = 298.3 km

 

(c) 298.3  = 300

sin 700    sin a

sin a = 300 sin 700

298.3

= 0.9344

a = 69.10

 

Bearing of R from P is

40 + 69.1 = 109.10

 

  1. (i.) X > y

(ii) 4,400X + 10,800Y £ 90,000

Simplifies to 11X + 27y £ 225

(iii) X + y £ 15

X > 0;  y > 0

Boundaries

x = y pts (6,6) (12,12)

11x + 27y = 225 pts (13,3) (1,8)

X + y = 15 pts (0,15) (8,7)

Objective function

2400 x 3200y

(pt (2,1)

2400X + 3200y = 8000

Search line ® 3X + 4y = 10

Point that give maximum profit is (12,3)

\ maximum profit

= 2400 x 12 + 3200 x 3 = 38,400 shs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS  II

PART II

MARKING SCHEME

 

  1. No log.

36.5        1.5623

0.02573   –2.4104 +

-1.9727

1.938         0.2874 –

-1.6853

 

-3  + 2.6853 

3         3

-1 + 0.8951

1.273(4) ¬ 0.1049

= 1.273(4)

 

  1. Let shirt be sh x,

let blouse be sh. y.

5x + 3y =1750 (i.)

3x + y = 850    (ii)

mult (ii) by 3

9x + 3y = 2550 (iii)

Subtract  (iii) – (i.)

– 4x = -800

Subt for x

  1. = 250

Shirt = sh 200  ;   Blouse = sh 250

     

  1. (a) K2 = y – c

4p

y – c = 4pK2

y = 4pK2 + c

(b)    y = 4 x 2 x 25 + 2   ;      y = 202

 

  1. x2 + 1 – 10x = 0

3

3x2 – 10x + 3 = 0

3x (x – 3) – 1(x – 3) = 0

(3x – 1) (x – 3 ) = 0

x = 1/3  or x = 3                                                                                                             

 

  1. Area D OAD pyth theorem AD =12.49cm

½  x 12.49 x 10  =   62.45cm2

Cos q = 10/16 = 0.625

q = 51.30                                     62.5

Sector 57.30  x 3.14 x 100    40.2 –

360                        = 22.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. ÐXPY = 600

\ÐXC1Y = 1200

              B1             \ÐC1XY = ÐC1YX

= 1800 – 1200  = 300

2

 

 

 

 

Construct 300  angles

at XY to get centres

B1           C1 and C2  mojar arcs drawn

2            on both sides with C1X and C2X

as centres.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. DAB = 1800 – 980  = 820

ADB = 180 – (68 + 45 ) = 670

                                                                                                                                              ABD = 180 – (67 + 82)

= 310

 

(a) 1800 – (67 + 82)0 = 310

       ÐABD = 310                                                                                 Opp = 1800

(b) (180 – 82)0 = 980                                                                                   82 + 98 = 1800

        1800  – (980 – 450) =

ÐCBD = 370                                                                                  180 – (98 + 45)

= 370

  1. 10 x 320

100     Discount = sh 32

Sold at      sh 288

If no Discount = ( 320 x 20 ) % = 22.7%

288

 

  1. (a) Dist along circle of lat.

Long diff x 60 x cos q nm

100 x 60 x Cos 500

100 x 60 x 0.866

5196nm =      100 x 2pR Cos 500

                                               360

100  x 2 x 3.14 x 6371

360                       =  5780Km

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) 80 x 60 Cos 50  = 3895 Km

 

  1. Vol =2.8 x 2.4 x 3 = 20.16m3

          1m3 = 1000 L

20.16m3 = 20160 L

20160

    3600       

16560 L to fill

0.5 L – 1 sec

16560 L – ?

 165600

5 x 3600

33120  hr

3600             @ 9.41 hrs     ;     @ 564.6 min.

 

  1. 15 + 5.14a + 10.13.a2 + 10.12a3 + 5.1.a4

a = -0.2

1 + 5(-0.2) + 10(-0.2)2 + 10(-0.2)+ 5 (-0.2)4

1 – 1.0 + 0.4 – 0.08 + 0.008  =   0.3277 (4d.p)                                                                                                                     

 

  1. Area of metal : Material – Cross section.

p(R2 – r2)

3.14 (21 –19)

Vol  6.28cm2 x 3400cm

= 215.52m3        

                                       

  1. Possibility space:

 

.            1  2  3  4  5  6 

1     2  3  4  5  6  7

2     3  4  5  6  7  8

3     4  5  6  7  8  9

4     5  6  7  8  9  10

5     6  7  8  9 10 11

6     7 8  9 10 11 12

 

P(odd) = 3/6 = ½

P(Sum > 7 but < 10)   =   9 /36

\ P(odd) and P(sum > 7 but < 10 )

= ½  x 9/36 = 9/72     =  1/8

 

  1. ò( 8x5/x3 – 3x/x3) d4

ò( 8x2 – 3x-2) d4                                                                

16x3/3 + 6x-3/-3  + C                                                 

16x3/3 – 2/x+ C

 

  1. Area of DAOB

½  x 14 x 14 x 0.866  =  84.866cm2

Area of sector  =  60  x3.14 x 14 x14 = 10.257

360

Shaded Area

84.666  –  10.257 = 74.409cm2                            

 

 

 

 

 

Marks F Fx fx2
5 3 15 75
6 8 48 288
7 9 63 441
8 6 48 384
9 4 36 324

 

åx =    åf=30   åfx=210   1512

S.d =  Ö åfx2  –  ( åfx )2

                             åf            åf

= Ö 1512   –  (210)

30            30

=  Ö 50.4 – 49

=   Ö 1.4  = 1,183                                                       

 

       SECTION II                                               .

 

  1. (a) FC = Ö 52 + 7.072 = Ö 50 = 7.071

(b) HB = Ö 52 + 7.072    = Ö 75 = 8.660

(c) q = Tan-1 5/5 = Tan-1   = 450                                                         

(d)  b = Tan-1 5/7.071 = Tan-1 0.7071  =  35.30                                                        

(e)  y = Tan-1 5/3.535   = Tan-1    = 54.70                                                        

(f) ÐAGX = 19.40

 

 

  1. y = Sin x
      x0 00 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800
sin x0 0 0.50 0.66 1.00 0.866 0.500 0

 

y = 2 Sin (x0 + 100)

      X0 00 300 600 900 1200 1500 700
2 Sin(x +100) 0.3472 1.286 1.8794 1.286 0.3472 -0.3472 -1.8794

Amplitudes for y = Sin x0 is 1

For

y = Sin(x+100) is 2.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.f X F
61 53 12
16   54
93 55 16
103 56 10
11   57
123 58 9
130 59 7
135 60 5
138 61 3
142 62 4
145 63 3
148 64 3
149 65 1
150 70 1

 

Mean =  x    + 52  + -4

150

52 –  0.02

=     51.08

Median  =     51.4g.

 

class interval 59

Class interval mid point Freg. c.f
44-48 46 12 12
49-53 51 49 61
54-58 56 64 125
59-63 69 22 147
64-68 66 3 130
69-73 71 1 150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. X + Y £ 1000

X £ 2Y

Y < 720

X > 90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.(a)    1cm = 200Km/h

A = 200 x 7.5  =  1500 Km

B =  200 x 9  = 1800Km.

 

(b) (i.) 15.8cm x 200                     (ii) Bearing 2240

= 3160 Km.                              (iii) Bearing 0490

 

  1. (a) P(R) x P(R)1                         (b) P(R)¢ x P(R)                        (c) P(R) x P(R’)

= 0.5 x 0.6                                     0.5 x 0.4                                          P(R)’ x P(R)

= 0.3                                     =  0.2                                            0.5 x 0.6 = 0.3

0.5 x 0.4 = 0. 2= 0.5

  1. y = x(x + 1)(x – 2)

= x3 – x2 – 2x

A1 = ò(x3 – x2 –2x) d4                                

-1[¼ x4 –  1/3 x2]-1

= 0 – ( ¼ + 1/3 – 1)    =  5/12

A2 = 2ò(x3 – x2 –2x) d4

0ò ¼ x4 – 1/3 x3 – x2)-20                     

= ( ¼ .16 – 1/3 .8 – 8 )

= 4-0 – 8/3 – 4  =   – 8/3

              A1 = 5/12= A2 = 2 2/3         

                            

  1. y = x3 – 3x2

dy  = 3x2 – 6x

At stationary

Points      dy = 0

dx

i.e   3x2 – 6x = 0

3x(x – 2) = 0

x = 0 or 2

Distinguish

dy = 3x2 – 6x

dx

d2y  =  6x – 6

dx2

    (i)    x = 0  dy2 = 6x – 6 = -6                 (ii)       x = 2

dx2                                                 d2y  =  6

-6 < 0 – maximum.                               dx2

\ (0,0) Max Pt.                                                6 > 0 hence

Minimum Pt.

x = 2,  y = 8 – 12 = -4

(2, -4)     minimum point.

 

MATHEMATICS II

PART I

 

SECTION 1 (52 Marks)

  1. Without using tables evaluate:

 

Ö7.5625 x 3Ö3.375

15                                                                                                        (5 mks)

 

  1. Make k the subject of the formula.

y = 1  Ök + y                                                                            

T2      k                                                                                                       (3 mks)

 

  1. If A = (x, 2) and xB     =     x     and if AB = (8), find the possible values of x.

-2                                                                                 (3 mks)

  1. Simplify completely. (3 mks)

rx4 – r

2xr – 2r

 

  1. Solve the equation. (3 mks)

Log 3 (8-x)  –  log 3 (1+x) = 1

 

  1. Under an enlargement scale factor -1, A(4,3) maps onto A1 (4,-5). Find the co-ordinates of the centre of enlargement. (3 mks)

 

  1. Find the equation of the line perpendicular to the line 4x-y = -5 and passing through the point (-3,-2).       (2 mks)
  2. Find the standard deviation of the data below:

3,5,2,1,2,4,6,5                                                                                                   (4 mks)

 

  1. What is the sum of all multiples of 7 between 200 and 300? (4 mks)

 

  1. Solve the equation.

½ tan x  =  sin x for -1800  £  x  £  3600.                                                            (3 mks).

 

  1. Expand (1-2x)4. Hence evaluate (0.82)4 correct to 5d.p. (4 mks)

 

  1. The line y = mx – 3 passes through point (5,2). Find the angle that the line makes with the x-axis. (2 mrks)
  2. A two digit number is such that 3 times the units digit exceed the tens digit by 14. If the digits are reversed, the value of the number increases by 36. Find the number (4 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In the figure below, O is the centre of the circle, OA = 7 cm and minor arc AB is 11 cm long. Taking P = 22/7, find the area shaded. (3 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A box contains 36 balls, all identical except for colour. 15 of the balls are black, 15 are brown and the rest are white. Three balls are drawn from the box at random, one at a time, without replacement. Find the probability that the balls picked are white, black and brown in that order. (2 mks)

 

  1. Find the inequalities that describe the unshaded region R below. (4 mks)

y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION  2 (48 Marks)

 

  1. Draw the graph of y = x2 + x – 6 for -4 £ x £

Use your graph to solve the equations.

(i)  x2 + x – 6 = 0                       (ii) x2 + 2x – 8 = 0                                             (8 mks)

 

  1. The diagram below represents a bucket that has been placed upside down. The radius of the top surface is 15cm and that of the bottom is 40cm. The vertical height of the bucket is 50cm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Determine:-

  • The volume of the bucket.
  • The curved surface area of the bucket. (leave your answers in terms of p)

 

  1. Draw, on the same axes, the graphs of y = cos q and y = 5 sin q for – 1800 £ q £ 1800
  • From your graph, determine the amplitude of each wave.
  • For what value(s) of q is cosq – 5 sin q = 0 (8 mks)

 

  1. A point P lies on a coast which runs from West to East. A ship sails from P on a bearing of 0320. When it reaches Q, 7km from P, a distress signal is observed coming from another ship at R. Given that R is N.E of P and on a bearing of 0660 from Q, calculate:
  • Ð
  • The distance QR, between the two ships.
  • The shortest distance from R to the shore. (8 mks)

 

  1. A bag contains x red balls and y yellow balls. Four times the number of red balls is equal to nine times the number of yellow balls and twice the total number of balls exceeds the number of yellow balls by 44.
  • How many balls of each colour are three in the bag?
  • If two balls are drawn out of the bag at random one at a time with replacement what is the probability that the two balls are red? (8 mks)

 

  1. A Kenyan businessman goes on a trip to West Germany through Italy and back to Kenya. In Kenya he is allowed to take Ksh. 67,000 for sales promotion abroad. He converts the Kenya currency into US dollars. While in Italy, he converts 2/5 of his dollars into Italian lire, which he spends in Italy. While in West Germany, he converts 5/8 of the remaining dollars into Deutsche marks which he uses up before coming to Kenya. Using the conversion rates 1 US dollar = 1.8 Deutsche marks = 16.75

Ksh = 1340 Italian lire. Answer the following questions:

  • How many US dollars did he take out of Kenya?
  • How many Italian lire did he spend in Italy?
  • How much money, in Deutsche marks did he spend in West Germany?
  • How much money in Ksh. did he have on his return to Kenya? (8 mks)

 

  1. PQRS is a parallelogram in which PQ = r and PS = h. Point A is the midpoint of QR and B is a point on PS such that PS : PB = 4:3. PA and QB intersect at M.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that PM = kPA and BM = tBQ where k and t are scalars, express PM in two different ways and hence find the values of k and t.

Express PM in terms of r and h only.                                                                                   (8 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Two variables T and X are connected by the equation T = abx where a and b are constants. The values of T and X are given in the table below:

 

T 6.56 17.7 47.8 129 349 941 2540 6860
X 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 

 

Draw a suitable straight line graph and use it to estimate the values of a and b.              (8 mks)

 

 

MATHEMATICS III

PART II

 

Section I:   (52 Marks)

 

  1. Use mathematical tables to evaluate:

 

8.67                                                                                                                        (3 mks)

Ö 0.786 x (21.72)3

 

  1. Simplify completely. (3 mks)

4      –    1

x2 – 4        x-2

 

  1. An Indian on landing at Wilson Airport changes Re 6000 into Kenya shillings when the exchange rate is Re = Ksh. 1.25. He spent Ksh. 5000 when in Kenya and converted the remaining amount to Rupees at the same rate as before. Find out how much the Indian is left with in Rupees. (3mks)

 

  1. The last of three consecutive odd numbers is (2x+3). If their sum is 105, find the value of x. (4 mks)

 

  1. a S  b is defined by:           a S b  =  (a + b)

ab

If B S   (2  S   3)  =  4  S   1, Find B.                                                                                   (3 mks)

  1. Find the value of M. (3 mks)

 

 

M

 

850

 

1600

 

 

  1. (a) Expand (1+2x)6 upto the term containing x3 .                                                                (2 mks)

 

(b)  By putting x = 0.01, find the approximate value of (1.02)6 correct to 4 S.F.                    (2 mks)

 

 

  1. Show that x is the inverse of : Y =    3          -3      1           X =       2      1                       (3 mks)

-5        2                     5      3

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The probabilities of three candidates K, M and N passing an examination is 2/3, ¾ and 4/5 Find the probability that :

(a)  All pass:                                                                                                           (1 mk)

(b)  At least one fails:                                                                                              (2 mks)

 

  1. In the figure, PR is tangent to the circle centre O. If ÐBQR=300, ÐQBC=270,and ÐOBA=370, find ÐBAC and Ð

 

C                        A

 

 

 

 

B                                                                                            P                                                                                 R

  1. A frustrum of height 10cm is cut off from a cone of height 30cm. If the volume of the cone before cutting is 270cm3 , find the volume of the frustrum. (3 mks)

 

  1. Evaluate 0 (2 mks)

( 3x2 –  1 ) dx

4 x 2

1

  1. If one litre of water has a mass of 1000g, calculate the mass of water that can be held in a rectangular tank measuring 2m by 3m by 1.5m. (give your answer in tonnes). (2 mks)
  2. Write down the three inequalities which define the shaded region. (3 mks)

 

 

 

(3,2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,1)                                   (4,1)

 

 

 

 

  1. The depth of sea in metres was recorded on monthly basis as follows:

 

Month March April May June July
Depth (m) 5.1 4.9 4.7 4.5 4.0

Calculate the three monthly moving averages.                                                               (3 mks)

  1. A number of women decided to raise sh. 6300 towards a rural project for bee keeping. Each woman had to contribute the same amount. Before the contribution, seven of them withdrew from the project. This meant the remaining had to pay more. If n stands for original number of women, show that the increase in contribution per woman was: 44100                   (3 mks)

n(n-7)

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION II:   (48 Marks)

 

  1. Find the distance between points A(500 S, 250 E) and B(500 S, 1400 E) in:

(i)   Km                  (ii)   nm                                                                                                (8 mks)

(take radius of earth to be 6400km, P =  3.14)

 

  1. The distance S in metres, covered by a moving particle after time t in seconds, is given by :

S  =  2t3 + 4t3– 8t + 3.

Find:

(a)  The velocity at :            (i)  t  =  2                      (ii)  t  =  3

  • The instant at which the particle is at rest. (8 mks)

 

  1. A car starts from rest and its velocity is measured every second for six seconds. (see table below).
Time (t) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Velocity v(ms -1) 0 12 24 35 41 45 47

 

Use trapezium rule to calculate the distance travelled between t = 1 and t = 6.                (8 mks)

 

  1. Using a pair of compass and ruler only, construct triangle ABC such that AB=9cm, BC=14cm and ÐBAC = 1200 . Draw a circle such that AB, BC and AC are tangents. What is the radius of this circle?                                                                                                                                (8 mks)
  2. The marks scored by 100 students in mathematics test is given in the table below:
Marks 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69 70-79
No. of students 8 15 15 20 15 14 13

 

(a)  Estimate the median mark.                                                                               (2 mks)

(b) Using 44.5 as the assumed mean, calculate:-

(i)         The mean mark:                                                                                   (2 mks)

(ii)        The variance:                                                                                        (2 mks)

(iii)       The standard deviation:                                                                         (2 mks)

 

  1. (a) On the same axes, draw the graphs of : y  =  sin x  ;  y  =  cos x

y  =  cosx  +  sin X for 00 Ð X Ð 3600 .

(b)  Use your graph to deduce

(i) The amplitude

(ii) The period of the wave y = cos x + sin x.

(c) Use your graph to solve:

Cos x  = – sin x for 00 Ð X Ð 3600 .

 

  1. Given a circle of radius 3 units as shown in the diagram below with its centre at O(-1, 6). If BE and DE are tangents to the circle where E (8,2). Given further that Ð DAB = 800.

B

 

 

A                                                                              E

C

 

 

D

(a)  Write down the equation of the circle in the form ax2 + bx + cy2 + dy + e = 0 where a, b, c,             d, e are constants.                                                                                       (2 mks)

(b)  Calculate the length DE.                                                                                   (2 mks)

(c)  Calculate the value of angle BED.                                                                     (2 mks)

(d)  Calculate the value of angle DCB.                                                                     (2 mks)

 

  1. A building contractor has to move 150 tonnes of cement to a site 30km away. He has at his disposal 5 lorries. Two of the lorries have a carrying capacity of 12 tonnes each while each of the remaining can carry 7 tonnes. The cost of operating a 7 tonne lorry is sh. 15 per km and that of operating a 12 tonne lorry is sh. 25 per km. The number of trips by the bigger lorries should be more than twice that made by smaller lorries.                                                                                     (8 mks)

 

(a)  Represent all the information above as inequalities.

  • How should the contractor deploy his fleet in order to minimise the cost of moving the cement?                                                                                                                                   (8 mks)

 

 

MATHEMATICS III

PART I

MARKING SCHEME

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOLUTION MRK AWARDING  
1. Ö7.5625 = 2.75

 

3Ö3.375 = 3Ö3375 X 3Ö10-3

 

3 Ö33 x 53 x 10-1 = 3 x 5 x 10-1 = 1.5

 

= 2.75 x 1.5  =  2.75  =  0.275

1.5 x 10          10

 

1

 

1

 

1

1

1

 

 

Method for Ö7.5625

Square root

 

Method for 3Ö

3Ö

Answer

 
    5    
2. T2y  =  Ö k+y

K

T4y2k =  k+y

T4y2k – k  =  y

K(T4y2-1) =  y

K  =  y

T4y2 – 1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

Removal of square root

 

Rearrangement of terms

Answer

 
    3    
3. (x 2)         x      =  (8)

-2

 

x2 – 4  =  8

 

x  =  +Ö12 = + 2Ö3 = + 3.464

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

Matrix equation

 

 

Quadratic equation

Answers in any form

 
    3    
4. r(x2 – 1)

2r(x – 1)

 

r(x2 – 1)(x2 + 1)

2r (x – 1)

 

r(x – 1)(x + 1)( x2 + 1)

2r (x – 1)

 

=   (x + 1)( x2  + 1)

2

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Complete factorisation of numerator

 

Factorisation of denominator

 

Answer

 
    3    
5.       1  =  log3 3

8 – x    =   3

1+x

 

-4x  =  -5

 

x = 5

4

1

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

Logarithic expression.

 

 

Equation

 

Answer

 

 

 
    3    
6. Let the centre be (a,b)

 

4-9        =  -1      4-a

-5-b                  3-b

 

4-a  =  -4+9           -5-b  =  -3+b

a  =  4                     b  =  -1

centre is (4,-1)

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Equation

 

 

Linear equations

 

Centre

 

 
    3    
7. Y  =  4x + 5

Gradient = 4

Gradient of ^ line – ¼

y + 2  =  – 1

x + 3        4

4y + x  =  -11

 

 

1

1

 

 

Gradient of ^ line.

Equation.

 

 
    2    

8.

X  = 28  =  3.5

8

 

 

standard deviation = Ö 22 = Ö2.75  =  1.658

8

 

 

1

 

 

1

1

 

1

 

Mean

 

 

d values

d2 values

 

Answer

 
    4

 

   
9. a = 203    d = 7   L = 294

 

294  =  203 + 7(n-1)

n  =  14

 

S 14  =  14 (203 +  294)

2

 

=  7 x 497

=  3479

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

For both a and b

Equation

 

 

For n

 

 

 

Sum

 

 
    4    
10. Sin x  =  2 sin x

Cos x

 

Sin x  =  2 cosx

Sin x

 

2 cos x  =  1

cos x  =  0.5

 

x  =  600, 3000, -600

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

Simplification

 

 

 

Equation

 

All 3 values

 
    3    
11. (1 +-2x)4  =  1-8x + 24x2 – 32x3 + 16x4

 

(0.82)4  =  (1 + -2 x 0.09)4

x     =  0.09

(0.82)4  = 1 – 0.72 + 0.1944 – 0.023328 + 0.00119376

= 0.35226576

@  0.35227 (5 d..p)

1

 

 

1

1

 

1

 

Expansion

 

 

Value of x

All terms

 

 

Rounded

 
    4    
12.   2  =  5m – 3

m =  1

tan q  =  1                    q  =  450

 

1

1

 

 

Value of m.

Angle

 
    2    
13.  Let the number be xy

3y  =  x + 14

10y + x  =  10x + y + 36  =  9y – 9x  Þ  36

3y – x  =  14

9y – 9x  =  36

y  =  5

x  =  1

the number is 15.

 

1

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1st equation

2nd equation

 

method of solving

 

Answer

 

 
   

 

S

4    
14. Let ÐAOB  =  q

  q  x  2  x   22  x  7  =  11

360              7

q  =  900

 

Area shaded  =   90 x 22 x 7 x 7 – 1 x 7 x 7

360    7                2

77 49

2     2

= 28  =  14cm2

2

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Value of q

 

Substitution

 

 

Answer

 
    3    
15. P(WBb)  =  6 x 15 x 15

36    35   34

 

=   15

476

1

 

 

1

 

Method

 

 

Answer

 
    2    
16. Equation                                  inequality

L1    y =  x                                   y  £  x

L2    y = -2                                   y  ³ -2

L3    2y + 5x = 21                        2y + 5x < 21

1

1

1

1

 

1 mark for each inequality.

Method for obtaining L3

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)  roots are x = -3

x = 2

(ii)  y = x2 + x-6

0 = x2 + 2x-8

y = -x + 2

roots are x = -4

x =  2

4 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

For all correct points.

1 for atleast five correct points.

 

 

 

Correct plotting.

 

Scale

 

 

Smoothness of

curve

 

Both roots

 

 

Linear equation

 

 

Both roots

 

   

 

  8  
         
18.    h     =  15

h+50     40

 

h   = 30cm

H  =  80cm

 

(a)  Volume  =  1/3 p x 40 x 40 x 80 – 1/3  p x 15 x 15 x 30

 

128000 p  –  6750 p

3               3
=   121,250p cm3

3

 

(b)   L2  =  802 + 402                      L    =  152 + 302

= 6400 + 1600                      = 225 + 900

=  8000                                   = 1125

L    =  89.44 cm                    L    =  33.54 cm

Curved surface area of bucket = p x 40 x 89.44

p x15x33.54

= 3577.6p – 503.1p

=  3074.5cm2

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

Expression

 

 

Value of H

 

 

Substitution

 

 

 

 

Volume

 

L

 

L

 

 

Substitution

 

Area

 

 
    8    
 

 

19.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     
         
 

20.

 

 

 

(i)  ÐRPQ  =  130

        ÐPQR  =  320+900+240 =  1460

ÐPRQ  =  1800 – (1460 + 130)

=  210

 

(ii)    P      =        7

sin130         sin 210

P    =   7 sin 130

Sin 210

=  4.394km

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

P                                                               T

 

(iii)    Let PR  =  q

 

q       =       7

sin 1460      sin 210

 

q     =  7 sin 1460

sin 21

q       =  10.92 km

 

sin 450  =    RT

10.92

 

RT  =  10.92 sin 450

 

= 7.72 km (2 d..p)

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

Fair sketch

 

 

 

 

 

 

ÐPRQ

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equation

 

Method

 

 

 

Equation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distance PR

 

 

Equation

 

RT

 

 

 

 

 
  8    
21. (a)  4x  =  9y

2(x+y)  =  y+44  Þ  2x + y  =  44

 

4x – 9y = 0

4x + 2y = 88

11y = 88

y   =  8

 

x  =  18

(b)  P(RR)  =   18  x  18   =  81

26      26      169

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

1

1

1

1

 

 

 

Equation

 

Equation

 

Method of solving

Value y

Value x

Method

Answer

 
    8    
22. (a)  67,000 Ksh  =  67,000 US dollars

16.75

= 4,000 dollars

 

(b)  2 x 4,000  =   1600 US dollars

5

1600 US dollars  =  1600 x 1340

=  2,144,000 Italian lire

(c)  Remainder  =  2400 US dollars

5  x  2400   =  1500 US dollars

8

1500 US dollars = 1500 x 1.8

= 2700 Deutche marks

(d)  Remainder  =  900 US Dollars

900 US Dollars = 900 x 16.75 Ksh.

=  15,075 Ksh.

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

1

 

 

1

1

1

 

 

Method

 

Answer

 

Method

 

Answer

 

For 1500

 

 

Answer

 

Method

Ksh.

 
    8    
23. PM  =  kPA

=  k(r + 1h)

2

=  kr + 1kh

2

PM  =  PB +  BM

3h + t BQ

4

=   3h + t(-3h + r)

4          4

 

3h – 3t h + tr

4     4

3 –   3t    h + tr

4     4

 

t = k           33t  =  1k

4   4       2

33t = 1 t

4    4     2

5t  =   3

4       4

t  =  3 + 4

4    5

= 3

5

\   k = 3

5

\   PM  =  3r  +  3h

5       10

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

1

 

 

 

 

 

PM

 

PM

 

 

PM simplified

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Both equations

 

method

 

 

 

 

Value of k

 

Value k

PM

 

 
    8    
         
 

 

 

24.

Y

LogT

 

 

 

Log T  =  log a + x log b

Log T  Þ  0.82, 1.25, 1.68, 2.11, 2.54, 2.97, 3.40, 3.84

 

y – intercept = log a = 0

a = 1

gradient  =  3.84 – 0.82  =   3.02

9 – 2                  7

= 0.4315

 

log b = 0.4315   =  0.4315

b = antilog 0.4315

b  =  2.7

 

1
1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

2

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

8

Plotting
Labeling of axis

 

 

 

 

Linear

All correct logs

 

Value of a

Method of gradient

 

Value of  b

 

MATHEMATICS III

PART II

MARKING SCHEME

 

  1. SOLUTION MARKS    AWARDING
1.    No                                      log

 

8.69                                   0.9390

0.786                                 1.8954

21.72                                 1.3369

1.2323

1.7067 – 2

 

21.7067

2           2

– 1  +  0.8533

0.7134 x 10 -1     =  0.07134

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 

ü reading to 4 s.f

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rearranging

    3  
2.  

 4                   –         1

(x-2)(x+2)                  (x-2)

 

 – x+2

(x-2(x+2)

– (x-2)

(x-2(x+2)

 

-1

x+2

 

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 
    3  
3.  

Re6000  =  Ksh. 75000

Spent 5000 Rem 2500

Rem    2500

1.25

Re 2000

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 
    3  
4. 2x – 1  ,  2z + 1  ,  2x + 3

6x +  3  =  105

6x  =  102

x  =  17

M1

M1

A1

A1

 

Allow M1 for us of different variable.
    4  
5.  

4 * 1  =  5

4

2 * 3  =  5

6

A * 5  =  5

6      4

A + 5  =  5  x  5A

6      4       6

A +  5  =  25 A

6       24

A   =  20

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

3

 
6.  

 

 

 

 

180 – M + 20 + 95  =  180

295  –  M  =  180

– M  =  – 115

M  =  115

 

 

 

B1

 

 

B1

 

 

A1

 

 
    3  
 

7.

 

1 + 2x + 60x2 + 160x3 +

1 + 0.2 + 0.006 + 0.00016

=  1.20616

=  1.206

 

M1

M1

M1

A1

4

 

Only upto term in x3.

Correct substitution

 

Only 4 s.f.

 

8.  

3   -1      2    1    =    I

-5   2       5    3

 

6   -5             3    -3

-10 +10         -5 + 6

 

1      0

0       1

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

Matrix multiplication gives :

 

I       1   0

0   1

  3  
9. (a)   2  x  3  x  4      =  2

3      4      5           5

(b)

2  x  3  x 1     +     2  x  1  x  4     +     1  x  3  x  4
3      4     5            3      2      5             3      4      5

 

1  +  4  +  1

10     15     5

 

=     17

10

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

 

 

 
    3  
10. ÐQCB  =  300

180 – (27 + 30)  =  1230

\     BAC  =  570.

 

 

 

 

OBA  =  370

OAB  =  370

 

 

AOB  =  1060

\ ACB  =  530

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Isosceles triangle.

 

Angle at centre is twice angle at circumference.

    3  
11. V  =  1  x  3.14  x  r 2  x 10  =  270

L.S.F.      20   =  2

30       3

V.S.F  =    2   3        =     8

3                   27

Vol. of cone  =  8  x  270

27               =      80cm3

\ Vol. Of frusturm  = (270 – 80)  =  190cm3

 

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 
    2  
12.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3x 3  –  x  -1          2

3       -1         1

 

x 3  +  1     2

x     1

 

8  +  1     –   ( 1  –  1)

2

8 1  –  2     =         6  1

2                           2

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

2

 
13. (2 x 3 x 1.5)  volume

9 m3

1L  º  1000 cm3

1000 L  =  1 m3

9000 L  =  9 m3

1000 L  =  1 tonne

9000 L  =  9 tonnes.

 

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 
    2  
14.      y   ³ 1            (i)

y   <  x – 1     (ii)

y   <  5 – x     (iii)

 

B1

B1

 

 
    3  
15. M1  =  5.1  +  4.9  +  4.7  =  4.9

3

M2  =  4.9 + 4.7 + 4.5  =  4.7

3

M3  =  4.7 + 4.5 + 4.0  =  4.4

3

M1

M1

M1

 

 

 
    3  
16. Original contribution per woman  =  6300

N

Contribution when 7 withdraw  =  6300

(n-7)

Increase   –  Diff.

6300   –   6300

n-7          n

6300n  –  6300(n-7)

n(n-7)

6300n – 6300 + 44100

n(n-7)

44100

n(n-7)

 

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

1

3

 
SECTION II (48 Marks)

 

17. (i)

1150

 

A                                B

 

Centre of circles of latitude 500 S.  R Cos 500

AB  =  115  x  2p R Cos 50o

115  x  40192  x  0.6428

360

=  8252.98  km

 

(ii)   Arc AB 60 x 115  Cos 50 nm

60 x 115 x 0.6428 nm

4435 nm

 

 

 

 

 

M1

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

M1

M1

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No.                     log

60                      1.7782

1+5                    2.0607

0.6428               1.8080

4435nm             3.6469

    8  
18. (a)  V  =  ds  =  6t2 + 8t – 8

dt

(i)  t  =  2

V  =  6×4 + 8×2 – 8

= 32 ms-1

(ii)  t  =  3

V =  6×9 + 8×3 – 8

= 70ms-1

 

(b)  Particle is at rest when V = 0

6t2 + 8t – 8 = 0

2(3t – 2) (t+2) = 0

t  =  2                   t  =  -2

3

particle is at rest at t = 2 seconds

3

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Do not accept t = -2. Must be stated.

    8  
19. Area under velocity – time.

graph  gives distance.

 

A  = { h ½  (y1 + y6 ) + y2 + y3 + y4 + y5 )}

 

= 1 { ½ ( 12+47) + 24 + 35 + 41 + 45)}

=  29.5 + 14.5

=  174.5m

 

 

B1

B1

M1

M1

B1

B1

A1

 

Trapezium rule only accepted.

Formula.

 

Substitution into formular.

    8  
20.                  Drawing actual

Scale 1cm  =  2cm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Radius      1cm

=  2cm

 

M1

 

M1

 

M1

 

M1

 

M1

M1

 

M1

M1

 

 

Bisect ÐA

 

Bisect Ð B

 

Intersection at centre of inscribed circle.

Draw circle.

 

Measure radius.

Arcs must be clearly shown.

  8  
 

 

 

21.

 

 

 

 

mean = 44.5 +  130

100

=  44.5  +  1.3

=  45.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)  Variance  S (x – A) 2  =  2800

Sf               100

= 28

S.D.  =  Ö 28  =  5.292

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

A1

 

M1

 

A1

M1

A1

 

 
    8  
 

 

 

 

 

22.

y = sin x

x    0        60        120        180     240      30      360

sin x 0    0.866     0.866      0     -0.866   -0.866    0

y = cos x

x     q        60        120        180     240    300  360

cos x 1     0.5       -0.5       -1.0     -0.5     0.5   1.0

y = cosx + sinx

x            q        60       120        180     240      30     360

cosx + sinx 1  1.366   0.366       -1   -1.366  -0.366 1.0

(c)      Cos x = – sin x

x  =  450 , 2250

   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)  amplitude   =  1.366

(ii)  Period  =  3000

 

 

 

(a)  (x+1) 2  +  (y-6)2  =  32

x2 + 2x + 1 + y2 – 12y + 36  =  9

x2 + 2x + y2 – 12y + 28  =  0

 

(b)  cos 10  =  OD             DE  =  3

DE                   0.9848

DE  =  3.046

 

(c)  Twice ÐOED

100 x 2  =  200

 

(d)  DAB  =  800

\ DCB  =  1000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

M1

A1

 

 

M1

A1

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formular

(x-a)2 + (y-b)2 = r2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cyclic quad.

 

 

    8  
24. Let number of trips by 12 tonne lorry be x.

Let number of trips by 7 tonne lorry be y.

 

(a)   x > 0  ;  y > 0

24x + 21y  £  150

 

12 x 25 x X + 15 x 7 x y £ 1200

300x + 105y  £  1200

x > 2y

 

(b)  Ref. Graph paper.

Minimising:

3 – 12 tonne lorry and 2 – 7 tonne lorries should be deployed.

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS IV

PART I

 

SECTION 1 (52MKS)

 

  1. Evaluate using logarithms 3Ö7.673 – 15.612

12.3                                                              (4mks)

 

  1. Solve x   –  3x  –  7    =  x – 2                                                                                   (3mks)

3            5             5

 

  1. In the given figure CD is parallel to BAC, calculate the values of x and y. (3mks)

 

 

C                                       D

 

 

 

 

 

 

B                                                A

 

  1. The surface area and volume of a sphere are given by the formulars S = 4pr2 and V= 4/3 pr3.

Express V in terms of S only.                                                                                (3mks)

 

  1. A line perpendicular to y = 3-4x passes through (5,2) and intercepts y axis at (0,k)

Find the value of K.                                                                                              (3mks)

 

  1. An alloy is made up of metals P,Q,R, mixed in the ratio 4:1: 5: A blacksmith wants to make 800g of the

alloy. He can only get metal P from a metallic ore which contains 20% of it. How many Kgs of the ore

does he need.                                                                                                           (3mks)

 

 

  1. The co-ordinate of point A  is (2,8) vector AB =   5    and vector BC  =  4   Find the

-2                                 3

co-ordinate of point C.                                                                                             3mks)

 

  1. Two buildings are on a flat horizontal ground. The angle of elevation from the top of the shorter building to the top of the taller is 200 and the angle of depression from the top of the top of the shorter building to the bottom of the taller is 300. If the taller building is 80m, how far apart are they

(4mks)

  1. The given figure is a quadrant of a piece of paper from a circle of radius 50cm. It is folded along AB

and AC to form a cone . Calculate the height of the cone formed.

(4mks)

 

 

 

 

5Ocm

 

 

50cm

 

 

  1. Express 3.023 as a fraction                                                                                      (2mks)
  2. Point A (1,9), Point B(3,5) and C (7,-3). Prove vectorically that A,B and C are collinear.       (4mks)
  3. A salesman gets a commission of 4% on sales of upto shs 200,000 and an additional 2% on

sales above this. If in January he got shs 12,200 as commission, what were his total sales    (4mks)

  1. Water flows through a cylindrical pipe of diameter 3.5cm at the rate of 2m/s. How long to the nearest minute does it take to fill a spherical tank of radius 1.4m to the nearest minute? (4mks)
  2. Rationalize the denominator in Ö3

Ö 7 – 2

Leaving your answer in the form Öa + Öb

C

Where a ,b, and c are integers                                                                              (3mks)

  1. For positive values of x, write the integral solutions of 3£ x2  £  35                 (4mks)
  2. 8 girls working 5 hours a day take 12 days to drain a pool. How long will 6 girls working 8 hours a day take to drain the pool?( Rate of work is equal) (2mks)

 

SECTION II  (48 mks)

 

  1. In the given circle centre O , A,E,F, is target to the circle at E. Angle FED = 300  <DEC = 200 and  <BC0  = 150

 

 

 

 

A                                                                       F

 

 

 

 

Calculate   (i) <CBE                                                                                              (3mks)

(ii)  <BEA                                                                                            (2mks)

(iii) <EAB                                                                                            (3mks)

 

  1. The sum of the 2nd and third terms of a G.P is 9/4 If the first term is  3,

(a) Write down the first 4 terms of the sequence .                                              (5mks)

(b) Find the sum of the first 5 terms using positive values of the common ratio (r)

(3mks)

  1. E and F are quantities related by a law of the form E = KFn Where k and n are

constants. In an experiment , the following values of E and F were obtained .

 

E 2 4 6 8
F 16.1 127.8 431.9 1024

 

Use graphical method to determine the value of k and n (Graph paper provided)      (8mks)

 

  1. In the domain –2 £ x £ 4 draw the graph of y = 3x2 + 1 –2x .Use  your graph to solve the equation.  6x2 4x + 4 = 0 (graph paper provided)                                                                 (8mks)
  2. A solid sphere of radius 18cm is to be made from a melted copper wire of radius 0.4mm . Calculate the length of wire in metres required to make the sphere.                                       (5mks)

(b) If the density of the wire is 5g/cm3. Calculate the mass of the sphere in kg.        (3mks)

 

  1. A right cone with slant  height of 15cm and base radius 9cm has a smaller cone of height 6cm chopped off to form a frustum. Find the volume of the frustum formed                    (8mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9cm

 

  1. PQRS are vertices of a rectangle centre. Given that P(5,0) and Q and R lie on the line x+5 = 2y, determine

(a) The co-ordinates of Q,R,S,                                                                                                   (6mks)

(b) Find the equation of the diagonal SQ                                                                                     (2mks)

  1. A tap A takes 3 hours to fill a tank. Tap B takes 5 hours to fill the same tank. A drain tap C takes 4 hours to drain the tank. The three taps were turned on when the tank was empty for 1½ hours. Tap A is then closed. Find how long it takes to drain the tank.

(8mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS IV

PART II

 

SECTION   I  (52MKS)

 

  1. Without using mathematical tables, evaluate                                                                    (3mks)

 

Ö 0.0784 x 0.27                                              (leave your answer in standard form)

0.1875

 

  1. A father is three times as old as his son. In ten years time , the son will be half as old as the father . How

old are they now?                                                                                                                                      (3mks)

 

  1. A,B,C,D, is a parallelogram diagram. ADE is an equilateral triangle. AB and CD are 3cm apart.

AB = 5cm. Calculate the perimeter of the trapezium ABCE                                               (3mks)

 

E                            D                                    C

A                                   B

  1. Given that a = -2, b = 3 and c = -1, Find the value of   a3 – b – 2c2                                    (2mks)

2b2 – 3a2c

 

  1. The exchange rate in January 2000 was US $ 1 = Ksh 75.60. and UK £1 = Ksh 115.80.    A tourist  came to Kenya with US $ 5000 and out of it spent ksh.189,000. He changed   the balance in UK £ . How many pounds did he receive?                                                                                                   (4mks)

 

  1. ABC is a cross – section of a metal bar of uniform cross section 3m long. AB = 8cm and  AC = 5cm.

Angle BAC = 600 . Calculate the total surface area of the bar in M2.                                     (4mks)

 

  1. The bearing of a school chapel C, from administration block A, is 2500 and 200m  apart.

School flag F is 150m away from C and on a bearing of 0200. Calculate the distance and

bearing of A from F.                                                                                                               (5mks)

  1. A box has 9 black balls and some white balls identical except in colour. The probability of picking a white ball is 2/3

(i) Find the number of red balls                                                                                       (2mks)

(ii) If  2  balls are chosen at random without replacement, find the probability that they are of different colour.                                                                                                                          (2mks)

  1. Under an enlargement of linear scale factor 7, the area of a circle becomes 441.p

Determine the radius of the original circle.                                                              (3mks)

  1. A circle has radius 14cm to the nearest cm . Determine the limits of its area.                     ( 3mks)
  2. Expand (1 + 2x)5 up to the term with x3. Hence evaluate 2.045 to the nearest 3 s.f. (4mks)
  3. The nth term of a  G.P is given by  5 x 2 n-2

(i) Write  down the first 3 terms of the G.P                                                                (1mk)

(ii) Calculate the sum of the first 5 terms                                                                            (2mks)

  1. 3 bells ring at intervals of 12min, 18min and 30min respectively. If they rang together at 11.55am, when will they ring together again.                                                         (3mks)
  2. On a map scale 1:20,000 a rectangular piece of land measures 5cm by 8cm. Calculate its actual area in hectares.                                                                                                                                      (3mks)
  3. It costs Maina shs. 13 to buy 3 pencils and 2 rubbers; while Mutiso spent shs.9 to buy one pencil and 2 rubbers. Calculate the cost of a pencil and one rubber                      (3mks)

 

  1. Three angles of a pentagon are 1100, 1000 and 1300. The other two are 2x and 3x respectively. Find their values .                                                              (2mks)

 

SECTION II (48MKS)

 

  1. Members of a youth club decided to contribute shs 180,000 to start a company. Two members withdrew their membership and each of the remaining member had to pay shs. 24,000 more to meet the same expense. How many members remained? (8mks)
  2. A box contains 5 blue and 8 white balls all similar . 3 balls are picked at once. What is the probability that

(a)  The three are white                                                                                         (2mks)

(b)  At least two are blue                                                                                                    (3mks)

(c) Two are white and one is blue                                                                                         (3mks)

 

  1. A rectangular tennis court is 10.5m long and 6m wide. Square tiles of 30cm are fitted on the floor.

(a) Calculate the number of tiles needed.                                                                             (2mks)

(b) Tiles needed for 15 such rooms are packed in cartons containing 20 tiles. How many cartons are

there in total?                                                                                                                 (2mks)

(c)  Each carton costs shs. 800. He spends shs. 100 to transport  each 5 cartons. How  much would one

sell each carton to make 20% profit ?                                                                             (4mks)

  1. The following was Kenya`s income tax table in 1988.

Income in K£ P.a             Rate (Ksh) £

1          –   2100                  2

2101    –   4200                  3

4201     –  6303                  5

6301     –  8400                  7

 

(a) Maina earns £ 1800 P.a. How much tax does he pay?                                         (2mks)

(b) Okoth is housed by his employer and therefore 15% is added to salary to make  taxable income. He

pays nominal rent of Sh.100 p.m His total tax relief is Shs.450. If he earns K£3600 P.a, how much

tax does he pay?                                                                                              (6mks)

  1. In the given figure, OA = a , OB =b,  OP: PA =3:2,  OQ:QB = 3:2

Q

B
R

O                                                                            A

(a) Write in terms of a and b vector PQ                                                                                       (2mks)

(b) Given that AR = hAB where h is a scalar, write OR in terms h, a. and b                    (2mks)

(c) PR  =  K PQ Where K is a scalar, write OR in terms  of k, a and b                           (1mk)

(d) Calculate the value of k and h                                                                                               (3mks)

 

  1. A transformation P = and maps A(1,3) B(4,1) and C(3,3) onto A1B1C1. Find the

 

 

co-ordinates of A1B1C1 and plot ABC and A1B1C1 on the given grid.

Transformation Q maps A1B1Conto A11 (-6,2) B11(-2,3) and C11(-6,6). Find the matrix Q and plot

A11B11C11on the same grid. Describe Q fully.                                                           (8mks)

 

  1. By use of a ruler and pair of compasses only, construct triangle ABC in which AB = 6cm,

BC = 3.5cm and AC = 4.5cm. Escribe circle  centre 0 on BC to touch AB and

AC produced at P and Q respectively. Calculate the area of the circle.                       (8mks)

  1. The following were marks scored by 40 students in an examination

330       334      354     348     337     349     343    335    344    355

392       341      358     375     353     369     353    355    352    362

340       384      316     386     361     323     362    350    390    334

338       355      326     379     349     328     347    321    354    367

 

(i) Make a frequency table with intervals of 10 with the lowest class starting at 31          (2mks)

(ii) State the modal and median class                                                                         (2mks)

(iii) Calculate the mean mark using an assumed mean of 355.5                                        (4mks)

 

 

MATHEMATICS IV

PART 1

MARKING SCHEME

 

1.  

Ö –  7.939

12.3

 

=      No             log

7.939                       0.8998

12.3              1.0899

T.8099   1/3 = 3 + 2.8099                                T.9363                   3

 

=  -0.8635

B1

 

 

 

 

B

 

M1

 

A1

4

 

 Subtraction

 

 

 

 

Logs

 

Divide by 3

 

Ans

2. 5x – 3 (3x –7 )    =  3(x – 2 )

5x – 9x + 21    =   3x – 6

-7x             = -27

x              =  36/7

 

M1

M1

 

A1

3

Multiplication

Removal ( )

 

Ans

3. 3x +5y + x =  180

9x   =  180

x    =   20

y   =    60

M1

A1

B1

3

Eqn

X

B

 

 

4.  

.                               r   =       3v      1/3

4P

 

.                              r   =        S       ½

4P

 

\ 3V      1/3              =            ½

4P                                 4P

 

3V                         =       S       3/2

4P                                 4P

 

V             =       4P      S     3/2

3            4P

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

3

 

 

 

Value r

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equation

 

 

 

Expression

5.

 

 

 

 

6.

Grad  line          = ¼

y – 2        = ¼

x – 5

y            =  ¼ x + ¾

k             =      ¾

P in Alloy         = 4/10  x 800

= 320g

100 x 320

20

=  3.2 kg

 

M 1

 

A1

A 1

3

 

B1

 

M1

 

A 1

 

Equation

 

Equation

K

 

 

P in alloy

 

Expression

 

Ans

 

 

 

 

7.

 

 

 

 

B (a,b) ,            C (x ,y)

.a – 2          =    5

.b – 8               -2

.a  = 8     b = 6      B(8, 6 )

x – 8          =   3

y – 6               4

x = 11,  y = 10 c(11,10)

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

A1

3

 

 

 

 

B conduct

 

Formular

 

 

C

8.  

 

 

 

 

 

80 – x

 

 

 

 

 

.h = x tan 70

h = (80 – x ) tan 60

\   x tan 70 = 80 tan 60-x tan 60

2.7475x + 1.732x = 138.6

4.4796 x       =   138.6

.h     =    138.6 x tan 60

4.4796

 

= 53.59

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

M1

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expression for  h both

Equation

 

 

 

Expression for h

 

Ans

9.                 2pr    =  90  x 2p x 50

360

r    =  12.5

h     =  Ö2500 –  156.25

=   Ö2343.75

=   48.41 cm

 

M1

P

A1

M1

 

A1

4

Equation

 

.r

expression for h

 

ans

 

 

10.

 

100 n      =   302.323

     n      =      3.023   

99n       =   299.3

n      =    2993

990

=    323/990

 

M1

 

 

A1

4

 

 

Equation

 

 

Ans

 

11. AB        =     3-1

5-9

=     2

-4

BC         =     4

-8

AB         = ½   BC

\ AB // BC

But B is common

\ A,B,C are collinear.

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

B1

3

 

 

A B &  BC

 

 

 

 

 

Both

 

 

Both

 

12.       4% of 200,000  = 8000/=

balance                   = 4200/=

6% of  x                 = 4200/=

x                 = 4200 x 100

6

=  70,000

sales                 =  sh. 270,000

B1

 

 

M1

A1

B1

4

 

 

Both

 

 

Expression

Extra sales

Ans

 

 

 

 

 

 

13 .

 

 

 

 

 

Time          =   22/7 x 3.5/2x 3.5/2 x 200   hrs

22/7x 140x140x 140x 3600

 

8960

3600

= 2 hrs 29min

 

 

 

 

 

M1

M1

 

M1

 

A1

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vol tank

Vol tank

 

Div x 3600

 

Tank

 

 

14.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Ö3                      =     Ö3           Ö7 + Ö2

Ö7Ö2                         Ö2Ö2         Ö7+ Ö2

 

= Ö3 Ö7 + Ö2

5

 

= Ö21 + Ö6

5

M1

 

M1

 

A1

3

Multi

 

Expression

 

 

 

Ans

15.           3 £ x 2                   x2 £ 35

±1.732 £x                 x £ ± 5.916

1.732 £ x           £ 5.916

integral x : 2, 3, 4, 5

 

B1

B1

B1

B1

4

Lower limit

Upper limit

Range

Integral values

 

16.  No of days   =  8/6 x 5/8  x 12

=   10 days

M1

A1

2

Expression

days

17. (i)  ÐCED      =  ÐECD   = 30

Ð CDE     =  180 – 60

=  120

Ð CBE    =  180-120

=60

(ii) Ð AEC  = 90+30

= 120

Ð EAB  = 180-(120+45)

= 150

(iii) ÐBEO  = 90-45

= 45

B1

B1

B1

B1

 

B1

 

B1

B1

 

B1

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ÐA EB = 450

 

ÐBEO

18.   .ar + ar2    =  9/4

3r + 3r2   =  9/4

12r2  + 12r – 9 = 0

4r2  + 3r – 3   = 0

4r2 + 6r – 2r –3 = 0

(2r – 1) (2r + 3)  = 0

r  = ½  or r   = -11/2

 

Ss      = 3(1- (1/2 )5)

1 – ½

 

= 3 (1-12/3 2)

½

= 6 ( 31/32)

= 6 31/32

 

B1

B1

 

B1

 

M1

A1

 

M1

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

8

 

 
19.

LOG  E.    0.3010   0.6021     0.7782     0.9031

LOG  F      1.2068   2.1065     2.6354     3.0103

 

Log E =n log F  + Log K

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

.n  = gradient    = 2        2.4 – 1.4   =  12  =  3

Log k.             =  0.3       0.7 – 0.3       4

.k              = 1.995

¾ 2

‹         E     =  2F 3

B1

B1

 

 

S1

 

 

P1

 

 

L1

 

 

M1

A1

 

B1

8

 

Log E

Log F

 

 

Scale

 

 

Plotting

 

 

Line

 

 

Gradient

 

 

K

 

 

 

20  

.x       -2     -1     0    1     2    3      4

.y      17      6      1    6     9  22     41

 

.y  =  3x 2  – 2x + 1    –

0       =  3x 2 – 3x – 2

y   =  x     +  3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B2

 

B1

 

B1

 

S1

P1

C1

 

L1

 

B1

 

8

 

 

 

All values

 

At least  5

 

Line

 

Scale

Plotting

Smooth curve

 

Line drawn

 

Value of r

 

 

21. .h          = ¾ p x 18 x 18x 18

p x 0.04 x 0.04

= 24 x 18x 18x 18

0.04   x 0.04 x 100

 

=  48,600m

 

density  = 4/3 x 22/7 x 18 x 18x 18x 15 kg

1000

= 122.2kg

M1

M1

M1

M1

 

A1

 

M1

M1

A1

8

N of wire

¸ to length in cm

¸ for length

conversing to metres

 

length

 

expression for density

conversion to kg

ans

 

 

22.  

H = Ö152 – 92

= Ö144

= 12

 

X/6  = 9/12

X    = 4.5

Volume   = 1/3 x 22/7x (81 x 12 –20.25×6 )

 

= 22/21  (972 – 121 -5)

 

=   891  cm3

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

M1

A1

M1

M1

M1

 

A1

8

Method

 

 

 

 

Method

Radius

Small vd

Large vol

Subtraction of vol.

 

Ans

23. R(-a , b) , Q (c,d), S(x , y) ,P (5,0)

PR is  diagonal

(a)    Mid point  PR  (0,0)

a + 5    = 0

2

.a         =   -5

b- 0     =   0

2
b = 0

R (-5,0)

Grad  PQ   = -2

Grad RS   = -2

.d – 0   =  -2

c –5

.d – 0      = ½

c+5

.d+ 2c     = 10

2d – c     = 5×2         –

4d – 2c   = 10

5d         = 20

d         = 4

c         = 3

Q (3, 4)

x + 3  ,    y+4   =  (0,0)

2           2

x  =  -3 , y = -4   \ s(-3 -4)

 

(b) y – 4   =   8

x – 3        6

3y  = 8x – 12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

 

M1

A1

 

M1

 

A1

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ans .

 

 

 

Expression both correct

 

 

 

Equation

 

 

 

 

Ans

 

 

 

 

Expression

 

Equation

 

       

MATHEMATICS IV

PART II

MARKING SCHEME

 

 

1.                784 X 27        =

187500

Ö 784 x 9           =    4 x 7x 3

62500                      250

=       42

125

=       0.336

 

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

Factors for

Fraction or equivalent

 

C.A.O

    3  
2.      Father 3x ,  r son  = x

2(x +10)        = 3x + 10

2x +20       =  3x + 10

x        = 10

father            = 30

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 

Expression

 

 

 

 

 

 

    3  
3. 3   = sin   60

AE

AE  = 3

Sin 60

= 3.464

perimeter  = 5×2 + 3.464 x 3

= 10+10.393

= 20.39

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 

B1

Side of a triangle

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perimeter

    3  
4.    .a3 – b-2c2  =  (-2)3 – 3 –2(-1)2

2b2 – 3a2c      2(3)2 –3(-2)2(-1)

= -8 –3-2

18 + 12

= -13

30

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

Substitution

 

 

Signs

 

C.A.O

    3  
5.        Ksh  189,000          =   $ 189,000

75.6

= $ 2500

balance                    = $ 2500

=  Kshs. 189,000

Kshs. 189,000          =             189,000

115.8

Uk    ₤1632

M1

 

A1

 

M1

A1

 

A1

4

 

Conversion

 

 

 

Conversion

 

6. Area of 2 triangles  =   2 (½ x 8x 5 sin 60)

=   40 sin 60

=   40x 0.8660

= 34.64 cm2

Area of rectangle    = 300 x 8 + 300 x 5 +300 x BC

BC              = Ö64 +25 – 2 x 40cos 60

= Ö89 – 80 x 0.5

= Ö89 – 40

= Ö49

= 7

Total   S.A.              = 300 (8+5+7) + 34.64 cm2

= 6000 + 34.64

= 6034.64 cm2

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

Areas of D

 

 

 

 

B.C. expression

 

 

 

 

Area

 

    4  
7.    AF2    = 32+42+-2+12x cos 50

= 25 – 24 x 0.6428

= 25-15.43

= 9.57

AF      =  3.094 x 50

AF      =  154.7m

Sin Q  =  200 sin 50o

154.7

= 0.9904

Q   = 82.040

Bearing = 117.96

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bearing

    5  
8. (i)  No. of white  = w

w       = 2

w+9         3

3w       = 2w + 18

w      =  18

(ii)  p(different colour )  = p(WB N  BW)

= 2   x   9   + 918

3      25     27    25

= 12/25

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

M1

 

A1

 
    4  
9. A.sf                =  1

49

smaller area       = 1 x 441 p

49

=  9p

pr2          = 9p

r2         =  9

r           = 3

 

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 
    3  
10.  Largest area         = 22 x (14.5)2

7

=  660.8 cm 2

smallest area          =  22/7 x (13.5)2

= 572.8

572.8    £ A  £ 660.81

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 
    3  
11. (1 +2 x)5  =  1 + 5 (2x) + 10 (2x)2 + 10 (2x)3

=  1 + 10x   + 40x2  + 80x3

2.0455    =   1+2 (0.52)5

= 1+10 (0.52)+ 40(0.52)2+80(0.52)3

= 1+5.2 + 10.82 + 11.25

= 28.27

M1

A1

 

M1

 

A1

 
    4  
12.          Tn           =  5x 2n –2

(i)               T1 , T2, T3 = 2.5, 5, 10

(ii)                      S5      =  2.5(25-1)

2-1

= 2.5 (31)

= 77.5

 

B1

M1

 

 

A1

 

All terms

 

    3  
13. 12         = 22 x 3

18         = 2 x 32

30         = 2x3x5

Lcm         = 22 x 32x 5 = 180 min

=  3hrs

time they ring together =11.55 +3 = 2.55 p.m

M1

 

 

 

A1

B1

 
    3  
14.  Map area      = 40cm 2

Actual area   =  200x200x40m2

= 200x200x40ha

100×100

= 320ha

M1

M1

 

 

A1

Area in m2

Area in ha

 

 

CAO

    3  
15.     3p + 2r    = 13

p + 2r    =   9  –

2p           =   4

p     = sh 2

r     = 3.50

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 
    3  
16. 110 + 100+130+2x +3x = 540

5x  = 200

x  = 400

2x , 3x     = 80 and 1200 res

M1

 

A A1

2

 
17. Contribution / person    = 180,000

X

New contribution    = 180,000

x – 2

180,000   – 180,000  = 24,000

x –2               x

180,000x – 180,000x +360,000 = 24,000(x-2)x

24,000x2  –  48,000x – 360,000 =0

x2  – 2x – 15 = 0

x2 – 5x + 3x – 15 = 0

x (x – 5)+ 3 (x – 5) = 0

(x + 3 )(x – 5)  = 0

x     = -3

or     = 5

remaining members            = 5-2

= 3

B1

 

B1

 

M1

M1

 

 

A1

M1

 

 

A1

 

B1

 

‘C’

 

 

 

eqn

mult

 

 

eqn

factor

 

 

both ans

 

remaining members

    8  
18. (a) P (3 white)         =  8   x  7  x   28

13      12     11    143

(b) P(at least 2 blue)=p(WBBorBBWorBWB)orBBB

= 8  x   5  x   4   +  5  x   4  x  8

13     12     11      13     12    11

+ 5  x   8  x   4 +   8 x   7 x   6

13     12     11    13     12    11

= 204

429

= 68

143

(c) p(2 white and one blue )= p(WWB or WBW or BWW)

= 8  x  7  x  5  +  8  x  57  +  587

13     12    11   13     12   11   13    12   11

= 3 x 8 x 7 x 5

13 x 12 x 11

 

=  70

143

M1

A1

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 

 

M1

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 
    8  
19. (a) recourt area    =  10.5 x 6  m2

title  area       =    0.3 x 0.3 m2

No of tiles     =    10.5 x 6

0.3 x 0.3

=  700

(b) No of cartons = 700 x 15

20

= 52.5

 

(c) Cost of 525 cartons  =   525 x 100 + 800 x 525

+ transport                        5

=  10,500+420,000

=   430,500

sale price                  =  120 x 4.30,500

100

=  sh    516,600

s.p of a carton            =  516,600

525

= sh. 984

 

 

M1

A1

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 
    8  
20. (a) Maina`s tax dues       = 1800 x 10

100

=        180

(b) Taxable income        = 3600 x 115 – n rent

100

= 36 x 115 – 100 x 12

20

= 4140 – 60

=         4080

Tax dues                         = 10    x 2100  + 15  x 1980

100                 100

= 210 + 297

=        507

Tax  relief                      =        270-

Tax  paid                        =        237

M1

 

A1

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

M1

M1

 

A1

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1st slab

2nd slab

    8  
21.  (a)            PQ                 =  –3/5 a   +  3/1b

=  31/23/5 a

(b)             OR                 =   h a + h b

=   a – ha + hb

=  (1-h) a + h b

(c)              OR                =  3/5 a   + k (31/2 b – 3/5a)

=  (3/53/5k)a +3k b

(d)                      1 – h     =  3/53/5k    (i)

3k    =  h                   (ii)

Sub (i)              1 – 3k    =  3/53/5k

5- 15k    =  3-3k

12k    =  2

k    =   1/6

h     =  ½

 

 

B1

 

M1

A1

M1

A1

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 
     

8

 
 

22.

 

P(ABC) =     0  – 1      1  4  3      =  -3  -1  -3

1    0      3  1  3            1   4   3

A1 (-3,1)B1 (-1,4)C1(-3,3)

Q(A1B1C1) =  a  b    -3 –1 -3    =        -6 –2 –6

c d       1   4  3                2   8   6

 

=> -3a + b =  -6                -3c + d = 2

-a + 4b   =  -2 x 3         -c + 4d = 8 x 3

– 3a  + 12b = -6              – 3c + 12d = 24

11b  = 0                     -11d  = -22

b = 0                           d = 2

a = 2                           d = 2

c  = 0

Q =    2     0

0       2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

A1

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

A1

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

B1

 

 

A1 B1 C1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

L Q

 

 

 

A1 B1 C1 drawn

 

 

 

 

All BII CII

Ploted

 

 

 

 

Destruction

 

 

 

    8  
23.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.

R     = 2.2CM ± 0.1

Area = 22 x  2.2 x 2-2

7

= 15.21cm2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ef =40                        efd = -80

(ii) model class    = 351- 360

modern class  = 341 – 350

(iii) mean             = 355.5  – 80

40

=  355.5 – 2

=  353.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

B1

 

B1

 

B1

 

B1

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

 

1

1

 

 

8

 

B1

B1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

B1

 

B1

B1

B1

 

 
    A1  
    8  

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS V

PART I

 

SECTION 1 (52 MARKS)

 

 

 

  1. Use logarithms to evaluate 6 Cos 40   0.25
    63.4                                                                                                                                                                                                       (4mks)
  2. Solve for x in the equation (x + 3) 2 – 5 (x + 3) = 0 (2mks)
  3. In the triangle ABC, AB = C cm. AC = bcm. ÐBAD = 30o and ÐACD = 25o. Express BC in terms of b and c.                                                                                                     (3mks)
  4. Find the equation of the normal to the curve y = 5 + 3x – x3 when x = 2 in the form
    ay + bx = c                                                                                                             (4mks)
  5. Quantity P is partly constant and partly varies inversely as the square of q. q= 10 and p = 5 ½  when q =20. Write down the law relating p and q hence find p when qs is 5.            (4mks)
  6. Solve the simultaneous equation below in the domain 0  £ x £  360 and O£  y £ 360
    2 Sin x + Cos y = 3
    3 Sin x – 2 Cos y = 1                                                                (4mks)
  7. Express as single factor 2     –     x + 2         +       1
    x + 2    x2 + 3x + 2         x + 1                                       (3mks)
  8. By use of binomial theorem, expand (2 – ½ x )5 up to the third term, hence evaluate (1.96)5
    correct to 4 sf.                                                                                                        (4mks)
  9. Points A(1,4) and B (3,0) form the diameter of a circle. Determine the equation of the circle and write it in the form ay2 + bx2 + cy + dy = p where a, b, c, d and p are constants.                                                                                                                              (4mks)
  10. The third term of a GP is 2 and the sixth term is 16. Find the sum of the first 5 terms of the GP. (4mks)
  11. Make T the subject of the formulae 1       –  3m   +  2
    T2         R         N                        (3mks)
  12. Vectors, a =   2     b =   2   and   c –   6
    2              0                   4
  13. By expressing a in terms of b and c show that the three vectors are linearly dependent.                                                                                                                              (3mks)
    A cylindrical tank of base radius 2.1 m and height is a quarter full. Water starts flowing into this tank at 8.30 a.m at the rate of 0.5 litres per second. When will the tank fill up? (3mks)
  14. A piece of wood of volume 90cm3 weighs 54g. Calculate the mass in kilograms of 1.2 m3 of the wood.      (2mks)
  15. The value of a plot is now Sh 200,000. It has been appreciating at 10% p.a. Find its value 4 years ago.
    (3mks)
  16. 12 men working 8 hours a day take 10 days to pack 25 cartons. For how many hours should 8 men be

working in a day to pack 20 cartons in 18 days?                                                     (2mks)

SECTION II (48MARKS)

  1. The tax slab given below was applicable in Kenya in 1990.
    Income in p.a.                           rate in sh
    1  – 1980                                  2
    1981 – 3960                              3
    3961 – 5940                              5
    5941 – 7920                              7
    Maina earns Sh. 8100 per month and a house allowance of Sh. 2400. He is entitled to a tax relief of Sh.

800 p.m. He pays service charge of Sh 150 and contributes Sh 730 to welfare. Calculate Mwangis net

salary per month.                                                                                                    (8mks)

  1. OAB is a triangle with OA = a , OB = b. R is a point of AB. 2AR = RB. P is on OB such that
    3OP = 2PB. OR and AP intersect at Y, OY = m OR and AY = nAP. Where m and n are scalars.    Express in terms of a and b.
    (i) OR                                                                                                                    (1mk)
    (ii)AP                                                                                                                    (1mk)

    (b) Find the ratio in which  Y divides AP                                                                (6mks)

  2. The table below gives related values of x and y for the equation y = axn where a and n are constants
X 0.5 1 2 3   10
Y 2 8 32   200 800

By plotting a suitable straight line graph on the graph provided, determine the values of a and n.

20.       Chalk box x has 2 red and 3 blue chalk pieces. Box Y has same number of red and blue

pieces. A teacher picks 2 pieces from each box. What is the probability that
(a)        They are of  the same colour.                                                                            (4mks)
(b)        At least one is blue                                                                                           (2mks)
(c)        At most 2 are red                                                                                              (2mks)

21.  Point P(50oN, 10oW) are on the earth’s surface. A plane flies from P due east on a parallel of

latitude for 6 hours at 300 knots to port Q.
(a) Determine the position of Q to the nearest degree.                                                    (3mks)
(b)  If the time at Q when the plane lands is 11.20am what time is it in P.                      (2mks)
(c) The plane leaves Q at the same speed and flies due north for 9 hours along a longitude to

airport R. Determine the position of R.                                                                       (3mks)
22.       Using a ruler a pair of compasses only, construct :
(a)        Triangle ABC in which AB = 6cm, AC = 4cm and Ð ABC = 37.5o.                                (3mks)
(b)        Construct a circle which passes through C and has line AB as tangent to the circle at A.             (3mks)
(c)        One side of AB opposite to C, construct the locus of point P such that  ÐAPB = 90o.              (2mks)
23.       A particle moves in a straight line and its distance is given by S = 10t2 – t3 + 8t where S is

distance in metres at time t in seconds.
Calculate:
(i) Maximum velocity of the motion.                                                                             (4mks)
(ii) The acceleration when t = 3 sec.                                                                              (2mks)
(iii) The time when acceleration is zero.                                                                                   (2mks)

 

 

 

  1. A rectangle ABCD has vertices A(1,1) B(3,1), C(3,2) and D(1,2). Under transformation

matrix M =   2  2   ABCD is mapped onto A1B1C1D1

1   3
under transformation M =   -1  0    A1B1C1D1 is mapped onto  A11B11C11D11. Draw on the given grid
0 –2

(a)       ABCD, A1B1C1D1 and A11B11C11D11                                                                  (4mks)
(b)        If area of ABCD is 8 square units, find area of A11B11C11D11.                              (3mks)
(c)        What single transformation matrix maps A11B11C11D11 onto A1B1C1D1               (1mk)

MATHEMATICS V

PART II

 

SECTION 1 (52 Marks)

 

  1. Evaluate without using mathematical tables (2.744 x 15 5/8)1/3                              (3mks)
  2. If 4 £ x £ 10 and 6 £ y £5, calculate the difference between highest and least
    (i) xy                                                                                                                    (2mks)
    (ii)  y/x                                                                                                                     (2mks)
  3. A 0.21 m pendulum bob swings in such a way that it is 4cm higher at the top of the swing than at the bottom. Find the length of the arc it forms.       (4mks)
  4. Matrix 1        2x   has on inverse, determine x                                                     (3mks)
    x +3      x2
  5. The school globe has radius of 28cm. An insect crawls along a latitude towards the east from A(50o, 155oE) to a point B 8cm away. Determine the position of B to the nearest degree.                                                                                                                                                 (4mks)
  6. The diagonals of triangle ABCD intersect at M. AM = BM and CM = DM. Prove that triangles ABM and CDM are Similar.       (3mks)
  7. Given that tan x = 5/12, find the value of 1  –   sinx
                                                                         Sin x + 2Cos x,   for 0 £ x £ 90           (3mks)

 

  1. Estimate by MID ORDINATE rule the area bounded by the curve y = x2 + 2, the x axis and the lines x = O and x = 5 taking intervals of 1 unit in the x. (3mks)
  2. MTX is tangent to the circle at T. AT is parallel to BC. Ð MTC = 55o and Ð XTA = 62o. Calculate Ð (3mks)
  3. Clothing index for the years 1994 to 1998 is given below.
Year 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998
Index 125 150 175 185 200

Calculate clothing index using 1995 as base year.                                                          (4mks)

  1. A2 digit number is such that the tens digit exceeds the unit by two . If the digits are reversed, the number formed is smaller than the original by 18. Find the original number. (4mks)
  2. Without using logarithm tables, evaluate log5 (2x-1) –2 + log5 4 = log5 20             (3mks)
  3. Mumia’s sugar costs Sh 52 per kg while imported sugar costs Sh. 40 per kg. In what ratio should I mix the sugar, so that a kilogram sold at Sh. 49.50 gives a profit of 10%. (4mks)
  4. The interior angles of a regular polygon are each 172o. Find the number of sides y lie polygon.                                                                                                                            (2mks)
  5. Evaluate 2x   =       2    +        3
    341       9.222                                                                           (2mks)
  6. A water current of 20 knots is flowing towards 060o. A ship captain from port A intends to go to port

B   at a final speed of 40 knots. If to achieve his own aim, he has to steer his ship at a course of 350o.

Find the bearing of A from B.                                                                                (3mks)

SECTION II  (48 MARKS)

  1. 3 taps, A, B and C can each fill a tank in 50 hrs, 25 hours and 20 hours respectively. The three taps are turned on at 7.30 a.m when the tank is empty for 6 hrs then C is turned off. Tap A is turned off after four hours and 10 minutes, later. When will tap B fill the tank? (8mks)
  2. In the domain –5 £ x £ 4, draw the graph of y = x2 + x – 8. On the same axis, draw the graph of y + 2x = -2. Write down the values of x where the two graphs intersect. Write down an equation in x whose roots are the points of intersection of the above graphs. Use your graph to solve. 2x2 + 3x – 6 = 0.                                                                                            (8mks)
  3. The average weight of school girls was tabulated as below:
Weight in Kg 30 – 34 35 – 39 40 – 44 45 – 49 50 – 54 55-59 60-64
No. of Girls 4 10 8 11 8 6 3

(a) State the modal class.                                                                                           (1mk)
(b) Using an assumed mean of 47,
(i) Estimate the mean weight                                                                                (3mks)
(ii) Calculate the standard deviation.                                                                      (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The table below shows values of y = a Cos (x – 15) and y = b sin (x + 30)
X 0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150
a Cos(x-5) 0.97       0.71 0.5       -0.5 -0.71
b sin(x+3) 1.00       2.00       1.00   0.00

(a) Determine the values of a and b                                                                               (2mks)
(b) Complete the table                                                                                                  (2mks)
(c) On the same axes draw the graphs of y = across(x – 15) and y = b sin(x + 30)            (3mks)
(d) Use your graph to solve ½ cos (x – 15) = sin(x + 30)                                                 (1mk)

21.    The diagram below is a clothing workshop. Ð ECJ = 30o AD, BC, HE, GF are vertical

walls. ABHG is horizontal floor. AB = 50m, BH = 20m,  AD=3m

 

 

 

(a) Calculate DE                                                                                                           (3mks)
(b) The angle line BF makes with plane ABHG                                                              (2mks)
(c) If one person requires minimum 6m3 of air, how many people can fit in the workshop         (3mks)

  1. To transport 100 people and 3500 kg to a wedding a company has type A vehicles which take          10 people and 200kg each and type B which take 6 people and 300kg each. They must not use more

than 16 vehicles all together.
(a)     Write down 3 inequalities in A and B which are the number of vehicles used and plot them

in a graph.                                                                                                           (3mks)
(b)     What is the smallest number of vehicles he could use.                                          (2mks)

(c)     Hire charge for type A is Sh.1000 while hire for type B is Sh.1200 per vehicle. Find the cheapest

hire charge for the whole function                                                                        (3mks)

A circle centre A has radius 8cm and circle centre B has radius 3cm. The two centres are

12cm apart. A thin  tight string is tied all round the circles to form interior common tangent. The tangents CD and EF intersect at X.

(a) Calculate AX                                                                                                           (2mks)
(b) Calculate the length of the string which goes all round the circles and forms the tangent.
(6mks)

 

  1. Airport A is 600km away form airport B and on a bearing of 330o. Wind is blowing at a speed of

40km/h from 200o. A pilot navigates his plane at an air speed of 200km/h from B to A.
(a)     Calculate the actual speed of the plane.                                                                (3mks)
(b)     What course does the pilot take to reach B?                                                          (3mks)
(c)     How long does the whole journey take?                                                                (2mks)

 

MATHEMATICS V

PART I

MARKING SCHEME

 

1 SOLUTION MKS AWARDING
  No         Log

13.6        1.1335   +

Cos 40    1.8842

1.0177   –

63.4       1.8021

1. 2156

(4 + 3.2156) 1/4

1.8039

Antilog    0.6366

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

Log

 

+

 

 

divide by 4

 

C.A.O

    4  
2. (x + 3) (x + 3 – 5) = 0

(x +3)b (x – 2) = 0

x = -3 or x = 2

M1

 

A1

 

Factors

 

Both answers

3 BD = C Sin 30  = 0.05

CD = b Cos 25

= 0.9063b

‹ BC = 0.9063b + 0.5 C

B1

 

B1

B1

 

BD in ratio from

 

CD in ratio form

Addition

    3  
4  Dy  = 3 – 3x2
dx
x = 2, grad = 1
9
Point (2,3)
y – 3  = 1
x – 2     9

9y – 27  = x – 2
9y – x   =  25

B1

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

Grad equ

 

Grad of normal

 

Eqn

 

 

Eqn

 

    4  
5   700 = 100 + n
2200 = 400 + n

1500 = 300m

m = 5

n = 200

P = 5 + 200
q2
When q = 5 P = 13

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

B1

B2

Equan

 

 

Both ans

 

 

Eqn (law)

Ans (P)

    4  
 

6

 

4 Sin x + 2 cos y = 6

3 Sin x – 2 Cos y = 1
7 sin x                  = 7

Sin x            = 1

X                = 90

Cos y          = 1

Y        = 0o

 

M1

M1

 

 

A1

 

B1

 

Elim

Sub

 

 

 

 

 

7 2(x +1) – 1(x + 2) + x + 2

(x+2) (x +1)
= 2x +2 – x – 2 + x = 2

(x +2) (x + 1)

=     2x + 2

(x + 2)  (x + 1)

=     2
x + 2

M1

M1

 

 

 

A1

Use of ccm

Substitution

 

 

 

Ans

8 (-2 – ½ x)5  = 25  – 5 (2)4 ( ½ x) + 10(2)3( ½ x)2

=  32 – 40x + 20x2

= 32 – 4 (0.08) + 20 (0.08)2

= 32 – 0.32 + 0.128
= 3

M1

A1

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

 

    4  
9. Circle centre C = (3 +1,   0 + 4)

2                 2

C( 2, 2)

R =Ö (2 – 0)2 + (2 – 3)2

=Ö 5

(y – 2)2 + (x – 2)2 = Ö5

y2 + x2 – 4y – 4x =  8 + Ö5

B1

 

B1

 

M1

 

A1

Centre

 

Radius

 

 

 

 

    4  
10  ar2 =2,  ar5 = 16

a  = 2  \ 2 r5 = 16

r2       r2

2r3 = 16

r3 = 8

r = 2, a = ½

 

S5= ½ (1 – ( ½ )5)

½

= 1 – 1/32

= 31/32

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

Both

 

Sub

 

 

CAO

    4  
11 NR – 3MT2  = 2RT2

T2(2R + 3M) = NR

T2   =   NR

2R + 3m

T =  ! Ö  NR
2R + 3m

M1

 

M1

 

A1

X mult

 

72

 

ans

    3  
12  2  = m   2   + n    6

2            0           4

2 = 2m + 6n

2 = 0 + 4n

n = ½

m = – ½

\a = – ½ b + ½ c

\a b c are linearly dep

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

 

B1

 
    3  
13 Volume = 22 x 2.1 x 2.1 x 2 x ¾ m3

7

Time = 11 x 0.3 x 2.1 x 3 x 1,000,000

500 x 3600

= 11.55

= 11.33 hrs

time to fill = 8.03 pm

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

 
    3  
14 Mass = 54   x  1.2 x 1,000,000

90              1000

= 720kg

M1

 

A1

 
    2  
15 V3 = P

P(0.9)3     = 200,000

P = 200,000

0.93

= 200,000

0.729

= Sh 274,348

M1

 

M1

 

 

 

A3

 
    3  
16 No of hours = 8 x 12 x10 x 20

8 x 18 x 25

= 19200

3600

= 5hrs, 20 min

M1

 

 

 

A1

 
    2  
17  Taxable income = 8100 + 2400

= sh. 10,500

=   ₤6300

Tax dues      = Sh 1980 x 2 + 1980 x 3 + 1980 x 5 + 3670 x 7

12

= 22320

12

= Sh 1860

net tax = 1860 – 800 p.m.

= Sh 1060

Total deduction = 1060 + 150 + 730

= 1940

Net salary = 10,500 – 1940

= Sh 8560 p.m.

B1

 

 

M1

M1

 

A1

 

B1

 

B1

 

M1

A1

Tax inc

 

 

2

2

 

 

 

net tax

 

total dedu.

    8  
18 OR = 2/3 a + 1/3b or (1/3 (2a + b)

AP = 2/5 b – a

OY = m OR = A + n (2/5b – a)

2/5m b + ma = (1 – n)a + 2/5 n b

2/5m = 2/5n
m = n

\m = 1 – m

2m = 1

m  = ½ = n

½ AP = Ay

AY:AP = 1:1

B1

B1

 

B1

M1

M1

A1

A1

 

 

B1

 

 

 

EXP, OY

Eqn

M = n

Sub

CAO

 

 

Ratio

    8  
 

19

 

 

 

 

Log y = n log x + log a

Log a = 0.9031

A = 8

Grad = 1.75 – 0.5

0.4 + 0.2

= 1.25
0.6

= 2.08

n = 2

\y = 8x2

x = 3  y = 8 x 32   = 72

y = 200           x = 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

 

 

B1

 

B1

B1

S1

P1

L1

 

 

 

 

Log x

Log y

 

 

 

A

 

N

Missing x and y

Scale

Points

Line

    8  
 

 

 

20

 

 

 

P (same colour) = P (XRRrr orXBB or YXX or YBB)

= ½ (2/5 x ¼ + 3/5 x 2/4)  x 2

2  +  6
20     20

=    8
20

2/5

(b) P(at least 1B) = 1 – P(non blue)

= 1 – P (XRR or YRR)

= 1 – ½ (2/5 x ¼) x 2

= 1 – 1/10

= 9/10

(c) P(at most 2 Red) = 1 – P (BB)

= 1 – ½ (3/5 x 2/4)2

= 1 – 6/20

= 14/20 or 7/10

 

 

 

M1

M1

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

M1

 

A1

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

Any 2

Any 2

 

Fraction

 

 

    8  
21 (a) PQ  = 1800nm

q     =     1800

60 x 0.6428

= 46.67

= 47o

Q (50oN, 37oE)

 

(b) Time diff = 47 x 4
60

= 3.08

Time at P = 9.12am

(c) QR = 2700 nm

x o   = 2700

60

= 45o

R (85oN, 133oW)

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 
    8  
 

 

22

   

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

Bisector of 150

Bisector 75

 

AB  AC

^ at A

Bisector AC

Circle

Ð AB

Locus P with A  B excluded

    8  
24                           A1B1 C1D1

2  2  1 3 3 1   =  4  8 10 6

1  3  1 1 2 2       4  6  9  7

 

A11 B11 C11  D11

-1   0     4  8 10  6       =   -4  –8   -10   -6

0 –2     4  6  9   7            -8   -12  -18  -14

 

NM =   -1  0        2  2

0 –2       1  3

 

=  -2  -2

-2   -6

 

 

(b)      det  = Asf  =  12 – 4    = 8

Area A11 B11 C11 D11  = 8 x 8

= 64  U2

(c) Single matrix = Inv N
= ½    -2 –  0

0       –1

 

=     -1     0

0       – ½

 

 

B1

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

Product

 

 

Product

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Det

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inverse

    6  
23  

Ds  = 20t  – 3t2 + 8 =0

Dt     3t2 – 20t – 8 = 0

T =  20 !  Ö400 + 4 x 3 x 8

6

t = 7.045 sec

max vel          = 148.9 – 140.9 – 8

= 0.9 m/s


d2 s
  = 6t – 20

dt2

when t = 3   a = -2m/s2

6t – 20 = 0

6t  = 20

t = 3 2/3 sec

 

 

M1

 

A1

M1

A1

M1

 

A1

M1

 

A1

 
    8  
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS V

PART II

MARKING SCHEME

 

No Solution Mks Awarding
1  2744 x 125   1/3

1000            8

 

2744  1/3  x   53     1/3

1000            23

 

23 x 73  1/3  x   5

103                         2

 

2 x 75   = 3.5

10      2

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

Factor

 

 

 

 

Cube root

 

    3  
2 (i) Highest – 10 x 7.5 = 75

Lowest  – 6 x 4 =  24

51

(ii) Highest = 7.5 = 1.875

4

Lowest = 6   = 0.600

10   1.275

M1

A1

 

M1

 

A1

Highest

 

 

Fraction

 

 

    4  
3 Cos q  =  17  = 0.8095

21

 

q = Cos 0.8095

= 36.03o

 

Arc length = 72. 06 x 2 x 22 x 21

360                       7

= 26.422cm

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

q

    4  
4  x2 – 2x(x +3) = 0

x2 – 2x2 – 6x = 0

-x2 – 6x = 0

either x = 0

or  x = 6

M1

 

M1

 

A1

Equ

 

Factor

 

Both A

    3  
 

 

5

 

8  = x  x 2 x 22 x 28 Cos 60o

360            7

 

8 =  x    x 44 x 28 x 0.5

360         7

x =   8 x 360 x 7
        44 x 28 x 0.5

= 32.73o

= 33o

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x exp

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

ÐDMC = Ð AMB vert. Opp = q

ÐMAB  = Ð MDC = 180 – q BASE Ls of an isosc. <

2
Ð MBA = Ð MAC   180 – q base angles of isos <

2

<’s AMC and < CDM are equiangle

 

\ Similar proved

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

B1

 
    3  
7 Tan x = 5/12

h = Ö b2 + 122

= Ö25 + 144

= Ö169

= 13

 

1 – Sinx               =       1 – 5

sin x + 2 Cos x      5/13 + 2 x 12/13

 

12/13      = 12 x 13  =  12

29/13          13   29      29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hypo

Sub

 

    3  
8 Y = x 2 + 2

 

 

 

 

 

Area = h (y1, = y2 +……..yn)

= 1(2.225 + 4.25 + 8.25 +14.25 + 22.25)

= 51.25 sq units

 

 

 

B1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

Ordinals

    3  
 

9

ÐCBA = 117o

Ð ACD = 55

Ð BAC = 180 – (117 + 55) = 8o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

B1

 

3

 
10  

 

 

 

B1

B1

B1

B1

1994

1996

1997

1998

    4  
11. Xy = 35

y = 35/x

9x – 9y = -18

Sub x2 + 2x – 35 = 0

x2 + 7x – 5x – 35 = 0

x (x + 7) – 5(x + 7) = 0

(x – 5) (x + 7) = 0

x  = -7

x = +5

y = 7

Smaller No.

= 57

= 75

B1

 

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

 

 

 

B1

 

 
    3  
12 Log5 (2x – 1 )4  = log552

20

4(2x – 1)  = 52

20

2x – 1 = 25

5

2x – 1 = 125

2x = 126

x = 63

M1

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

A1

 
    3  
13 C.P = 100 x 49.50

110

= 45/-

52x + 40y = 45

x + y

45x + 45y  = 52x + 40

-7x  = -54

x/y  = 5/7

x : y = 5 : 7

 

 

B1

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 
    4  
14  

2n – 4 it angle = 172

n

(2n – 4) x 90 = 172n

n

90 (2n – 4) x 90 = 172

n

180 n – 360 = 172n

180n – 172n = 360

8n = 360

n = 45

 

M1

 

A1

 

M1

 
    2  
15 2 x = 2.    1    +    3.    1

6.341                  9.22

2x = 2 x 0. 1578 + 3 x 0.1085

= 0.3154 + 0.3254

= 0.6408

x = 0.3204

 

 

B1

 

 

A1

 

 

Tables

    2  
16 Bearing 140o

Sin q = 20 Sin 110

40

= 0.4698

= 228.02

Bearing of A from B = 198.42

 

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 
    3  
17 Points that each tap fills in one hour

 

A =  1   B  = 1       C – 1
          50         25            20

In one hour all taps can fill = 1  +  1   +  1   =  11

50    25      20     100

In 6hrs all can fill =  11  x 6 = 33 parts

100                 50

taps A and B can fill =  = 1  +  1  = 3 part in 1 hr

50    25    50

In 4 1 hrs, A and B =  25 x 3  +  1

6                           6     50     4

Parts remaining for B to fill = 1 – 33  +  = 1  – 91   = 9 parts

50         4           100    100

Time  taken =  9  x  25  hrs = 2 ¼ hrs

100          1

7.30 am

6.     hrs

13.30

  4.10

5.40pm

  2.15

  7.55 pm

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 
 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x2 + x – 8 = -2 – 2x

y = x2 + 3x – 6

Points of intersection (-4, 1.4)

y = x2 + x – 8 = 2x2 + 3x – 6

x2 + 2x + 2

y = x2 + x – 8 x 2

2y = 2x2 + 2x – 16

0 = 2x2 + 3x – 6

2y = -x  – 10

y = – 2.6

Ny = 1.2

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eqn

Point of inter

 

 

 

 

 

Line eqn

 

Both

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)    Modal class = 45 – 49

(i)               Mean = 47 + -55

50

= 47 – 1.1

= 45.9

 

(ii) Standard deviation = Ö 3575 –  –55 2
50         50

=  Ö71.5   – 1.21

=Ö 70.29

= 8.3839

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fd

fd2

    8  
20  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)    a =   1
b = 2

½ cos (x – 15) = Sin (x + 30)

has no solution in the domain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

B1

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All

All

A & b

 

 

    8  
21 (a)       O Cos 30 = 20

X

X =  20

0.866

= 23.09

 

DE = Ö 502   + 23.092

= Ö 2500 + 533.36

= Ö 3033.36

= 55.076m

 

(b)       GB =  Ö 202  + 502

= 53.85

Tan q = 14.55
53.85

=  0.27019

q    = 15.12o

 

 

 

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 
  8  
  (c)       Volume of air = 50 x 20 x 3 + ½ x 20 x 11.55 x 50

= 3000 + 5775

= 8775

No. of people  =   8775
                               6

= 1462.5

j 1462

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 
    8  
22 (a)    A + B [ 16

5A + 3B ³ 50

2A + 3B [ 35

 

 

(b)   14 vehicles

 

(c)    A – 6 vehicles

B –  8

Cost = 6 x 1000 + 8 x 1200

= 6000 + 9600

= 15,600/=

 

 

B1

 

 

B1

 

B1

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

In equation 3

 

 

Vehicles

    8  

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x        =      8

12 – x           3

 

= 8.727

FBX =    3    =  0.9166   = 23.57
3.273

 

3FBX = 47.13

 

Reflex  Ð FBD = 312.87

 

Reflex arc FD = 312.87   x 22  x 6
360           7

 

= 16.39cm

Reflex Arc CE = 312.87 x 22 x 16
360         7

 

=  43.7cm

 

FE (tangent) =  Ö144 – 121

= Ö 23

= 4.796cm

2 FE            =  9.592

 

Total length = 9.592 + 4.796 + 43.7 + 16.39

= 74.48 cm2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

A1

 
    8  

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)         200      =    40

Sin 50       Sin q

 

Sin q =  40Sin 50
                200
= 0.7660
5
=0.1532

q         = 8.81o

Ð ACB = 180 – (50 + 8.81)o

= 121.19o

    x             =   200
Sin 121.19     Sin 50

 

= 200 x Sin 121.19
Sin 50

= 200 x 0.855645
0.7660

= 223.36Km/h

 

(b)  Course = 330o – 8.81o

= 321.19o

 

(c) Time  =    600
321.19o

 

= 2.686 hrs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

 

A1

 

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

B1

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS VI

PART I

 

SECTION I (52 MARKS)

 

 

  1. Evaluate without mathematical tables leaving your answer in standard form

0.01712 X 3

855 X 0.531                                                                                                                  (2 Mks)

  1. Six men take 14 days working 8 hours a day to pack 2240 parcels. How many more men working

5 hours a day will be required to pack 2500 parcels in 2 days                                                      (3 Mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. M                                  In quadrilateral OABC, OA = 4i – 3j. OC = 2i + 7j

AB = 3OC. cm: mB = 2:3. Find in terms of  i and j

C                                                           vector Om                                           (3 Mks)

 

 

 

 

 

O                                                A

 

  1. By matrix method, solve the equations

5x + 5y = 1

4y + 3x = 5                                                                                                                         (3 Mks)

 

 

  1. In the given circle centre O, ÐABC = 1260.

Calculate ÐOAC                                           (3 Mks)

 

A                                     C

 

 

 

B

 

  1. Solve the equation

2(3x – 1)2 9 (3x – 1) + 7 = 0                                                                                               (4 Mks)

  1. Maina, Kamau and Omondi share Shs.180 such that for every one shilling Maina gets, Kamau gets 50

Cts and for every two shillings Kamau gets, Omondi gets three shillings. By how much does Maina’s

share exceed Omondi’s                                                                                                         (3 Mks)

  1. Expand (2 + 1/2x)6 to the third term. Use your expression to evaluate 2.46 correct to 3 s.f     (3 Mks)
  2. The probability of failing an examination is 0.35 at any attempt. Find the probability that

(i)   You will fail in two attempts                                                                                  (1 Mk)

(ii)   In three attempts, you will at least fail once                                                                       (3 Mks)

  1. Line y = mx + c makes an angle of 1350 with the x axis and cuts the y axis at y = 5. Calculate the

equation of the line                                                                                                             (2 Mks)

  1. During a rainfall of 25mm, how many litres collect on 2 hectares? (3 Mks)
  2. Solve the equation a 3a – 7 = a – 2 (3 Mks)

3       5          6

  1. The sum of the first 13 terms of an arithmetic progression is 13 and the sum of the first 5 terms is

–25. Find the sum of the first 21 terms                                                                                (5 Mks)

  1. The curved surface of a core is made from the shaded sector on the circle. Calculate the height of

the cone.                                                                                                                            (4 Mks)

 

 

 

 

 

O

20cm      1250                   20 cm

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Simplify (wx – xy – wz + yz) (w + z) (3 Mks)

z2 – w2

  1. The bearing of Q from P is North and they are 4 km apart. R is on a bearing of 030 from P and on

a bearing of 055 from Q. Calculate the distance between P and R.                                        (3 Mks)

 

SECTION II (48 MARKS)

  1. In the given circle centre O, ÐQTP = 460, ÐRQT = 740 and ÐURT = 390

 

 

U                                                   T                                P

 

 

Q

S          390

      Calculate                                                                                    R

(a)  ÐRST                                                        (1 Mk)

(b)  ÐSUT                                                       (3 Mks)

(c)  Obtuse angle ROT                                    (2 Mks)

(d)  ÐPST                                                        (2 Mks)

  1. The exchange rate on March 17th 2000, was as follows: –

1 US$ = Kshs.74.75

1 French Franc (Fr) = Kshs.11.04

      A Kenyan tourist had Kshs.350,000 and decided to proceed to America

(a)  How much in dollars did he receive from his Kshs.350,000 in 4 s.f?                               (2 Mks)

(b) The tourist spend  ¼  of the amount in America and proceeded to France where he spend Fr

16,200. Calculate his balance in French Francs to 4 s.f                                                   (3 Mks)

(c) When he flies back to Kenya, the exchange rate for 1 Fr = Kshs.12.80. How much more in

Kshs. does he receive for his balance than he would have got the day he left?                 (3 Mks)

  1. On the provided grid, draw the graph of y = 5 + 2x – 3x2 in the domain -2 £ x £ 3               (4 Mks)

(a) Draw a line through points (0,2) and (1,0) and extend it to intersect with curve y = 5 + 2x – 3 x 2

read the values of x where the curve intersects with the line                                         (2 Mks)

(b)  Find the equation whose solution is the values of x in (a) above                                     (2 Mks)

  1. (a) Using a ruler and compass only, construct triangle PQR in which PQ = 3.5 cm, QR = 7 cm

and angle PQR = 300                                                                                                     (2 Mks)

(b)  Construct a circle passing through points P, Q and R                                                     (2 Mks)

(c)  Calculate the difference between area of the circle formed and triangle PQR                   (4 Mks)

  1. The given Region below (unshaded R) is defined by a set of inequalities. Determine the inequalities (8 Mks)

Y

 

4

 

 

 

2                   R              (3,3)

  

 

X

-3                           5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The table below shows the mass of 60 women working in hotels

 

Mass (Kg) 60 – 64 65 – 69 70 – 74 75 – 79 80 – 84 85 – 89
No. of women 8 14 18 15 3 2

 

(a)   State (i)   The modal class                                                                                             (1 Mk)

(ii)  The median class                                                                                           (1 Mk)

(b)   Estimate the mean mark                                                                                                           (4 Mks)

(c)   Draw a histogram for the data                                                                                       (2 Mks)

  1. XY, YZ and XZ are tangents to the circle centre O

at points A, B, C respectively. XY = 10 cm,

YZ = 8 cm and XZ = 12 cm.                                                                                         (2 MKS)

Z

 

 

C

 

 

 

 

..                    B

X

 

A                    Y

 

 

(a)  Calculate, length XA                                                                                                    (2 Mks)

(b)  The shaded area                                                                                                                  (6 Mks)

  1. Maina bought a car at Kshs.650,000. The value depreciated annually at 15%

(a)  After how long to the nearest 1 decimal place will the value of the car be Kshs.130,000        (4 Mks)

(b)  Calculate the rate of depreciation to the nearest one decimal place which would make the value of

the  car be half of its original value in 5 years                                                              (4 Mks)

 

MATHEMATICS VI

PART II

SECTION 1 (52 MARKS)

 

 

  1. Simplify 32a10   -2/5 ÷  9b4      11/2

b15             4a6                                                                                                 (2 Mks)

 

  1. Use logarithm tables to evaluate

Ö0.375 cos 75

tan 85.6                                                                                                       (4 Mks)

  1. The marked price of a shirt is Shs.600. If the shopkeeper gives a discount of 20% off the marked price, he makes a loss of 4%. What was the cost of the shirt? (3 Mks)
  2. The surface area (A) of a closed cylinder is given by A = 2pr2 + 2prh where r is radius and h is height of the cylinder. Make r the subject. (4 mks)
  3. In the circle centre O, chords AB and CD intersect at X. XD = 5 cm

      XC = 1/4 r where r is radius. AX:XO = 1:2 Calculate radius of the circle.                             (3 mks)

 

A             5cm       D

 

 

C                O

 

B

 

 

  1. Simplify     2       –        1                                                                                             (3 mks)

5 – 2Ö3     5 + 2Ö3

 

 

  1. P is partly constant and partly varies as q2. When q = 2, P = 6 and when q = 3, P = 16. Find q when P = 64                               (4 mks)
  2. The figure on the side is a tent of uniform cross-section A                           F

ABC. AC = 8m, BC = 8m, BD = 10m   and (ACB = 1200.                  8m

If a scout needs 2.5 m3 of air, how many scouts can fit                      120o C                     E

in the tent.                                                                                                            8m                   (4 mks)

B                              D

10m

  1. The length of a rectangle is given as 8 cm and its width given as 5 cm. Calculate its maximum % error in its perimeter                (3 mks)
  2. ABCD is a rectangle with AB = 6 cm, BC = 4 cm AE = DH = 4 cm BF = CG = 12 cm. Draw a

labelled net of the figure and show the dimensions of the net

  1. Expand (1 + 2x)6 to the 3rd term hence evaluate (1.04)6 (4 mks)
  2. The eye of a scout is 1.5m above a horizontal ground. He observes the top of a flag post at an

angle of elevation of 200. After walking 10m towards the bottom of the flag post, the top is observed at angle of elevation of 400. Calculate the height of the flag post                                  (4 mks)

  1. A bottle of juice contains 405ml while a similar one contains 960ml. If the base area of the

larger Container is 120 cm2. Calculate base area of the smaller container.                             (3 mks)

  1. It takes a 900m long train 2 minutes to completely overtake an 1100m long train travelling at

30km per hour. Calculate the speed of the overtaking train                                                  (3 mks)

  1. Okoth traveled 22 km in 23/4 hours. Part of the journey was at 16 km/h and the rest at 5 km/h.

Determine the distance at the faster speed                                                                           (3 mks)

  1. P and Q are points on AB such that AP:PB = 2:7 and AQ:QB = 5:4 If AB = 12 cm, find PQ

(2 Mks)

SECTION B (48 MARKS)

 

  1. The income tax in 1995 was collected as follows:

      Income in Kshs. p.a                rate of tax %

1 – 39,600                               10

39,601 – 79,200                               15

79,201 – 118,800                             25

118,801 – 158,400                           35

158,401 – 198,000                           45

      Mutua earns a salary of Kshs.8,000. He is housed by the employer and therefore 15% is added to his salary to arrive at its taxable income. He gets a tax relief of Shs.400 and pay Shs.130 service charge. Calculate his net income                                                                                    (8 Mks)

  1. The probability Kioko solves correctly the first sum in a quiz is 2/5 Solving the second correct

is 3/5 if the first is correct and it is 4/5 if the first was wrong. The chance of the third correct is

2/5 if the second was correct and it is 1/5 if the second was wrong. Find the probability that

(a)  All the three are correct                                                                                    (2 Mks)

(b)  Two out of three are correct                                                                              (3 Mks)

(c)  At least two are correct                                                                                     (3 Mks)

  1. A businessman bought pens at Shs.440. The following day he bought 3 pens at Shs.54. This

purchase reduced his average cost per pen by Sh.1.50. Calculate the number of pens bought earlier and the difference in cost of the total purchase at the two prices                                      (8 mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. In D OAB, OA = a, OB = b

OPAQ is a parallelogram.

      ON:NB = 5:-2, AP:PB = 1:3

Determine in terms of a and b vectors

(a)  OP                                                                                                                   (2 Mks)

(b)  PQ                                                                                                                   (2 Mks)

(c)  QN                                                                                                                   (2 Mks)

(d)  PN                                                                                                                   (2 mks)

 

  1. A cylindrical tank connected to a cylindrical pipe of diameter 3.5cm has water flowing at 150

cm per second. If the water flows for 10 hours a day

(a)  Calculate the volume in M3 added in 2 days                                                                   (4 ms)

(b) If the tank has a height of 8 m and it takes 15 days to fill the tank, calculate the base radius

of the tank                                                                                                                     (4 mks)

  1. A joint harambee was held for two schools that share a sponsor. School A needed Shs.15 million while

School B needed 24 million to complete their projects. The sponsor raised Shs.16.9 million while other

guest raised Shs.13.5 million.

(a) If it was decided that the sponsor’s money be shared according to the needs of the school

with the rest equally, how much does each school get                                               (5 mks)

(b) If the sponsor’s money was shared according to the schools needs while the rest was in the  ratio of

students, how much does each school get if school A has 780 students and school B 220

students                                                                                                                        (3 mks)

  1. Voltage V and resistance E of an electric current are said to be related by a law of the form

V = KEn where k and n are constants. The table below shows values of V and E

      V

0.35 0.49 0.72 0.98 1.11
E 0.45 0.61 0.89 1.17 1.35

      By drawing a suitable linear graph, determine values of k and n hence V when E = 0.75(8mks)

  1. The vertices of triangle P,Q,R are P(-3,1), Q (-1,-2), R (-2,-4)

(a)  Draw triangle PQR and its image PIQIRI of PQR under translation T =    3    on the provided grid                                                                                                                4                        (2 Mks)

(b)  Under transformation matrix m =    4  3  , PIQIRI is mapped on to PIIQIIRII. Find the

co-ordinates of PIIQIIRII and plot it   1  2    on the given grid                                          (4 Mks)

(c)  If area of D PIQIRI is 3.5 cm2, find area of the images PIIQIIRII                                        (2 Mks)

 

MATHEMATICS VI

PART 1

MARKING SCHEME

 

  1. 171 X 171 X 3 X 10-5 M1

                                  855 X 531

= 2 X 10-6                                                                                     A1

  2

 

  1. No. of men = 6 X 14 X 8 X 2500 M1

                                  2 X 5 X 2240

= 75                                                                            A1

Extra men        = 75 – 6 = 69                                                                B1

 3

  1. OM = 2i + 7j + 2/5 (4i – 3j + 6i + 21j – 2i – 7j) M1

= 2i + 7j + 2/5 (8i + 11j)                                                           M1

= 26 i + 57 j

5       5                                                                               A1

  3

 

 

 

 

 

  1. 2 5       x         =      1

3  4       y                   5                                                                                    M1

 

x          -1/7   5/7       1

y    =     3/7   -2/7      5                                                                M1

 

x    =  3

y       -1

 

x, 3, y = -1                                                                                A1

 3

 

  1. Reflex ÐAOC = 126 x 2 = 2520 B1

Obtuse ÐAOC = 360 – 252 = 1080                                                               B1

= 1/2 (180 – 108)0

= 360                                                                                B1

 3

  1. 18x2 – 39x + 18 = 0

6x2 – 13x + 6 = 0                                                                                         B1Ö equation

6x2 – 9x – 4x + 6 = 0

3x(2x – 3) (3x – 2) = 0                                                                                  M1

x = 2/3  or                                                                                  A1

x =1 ½                                                                                      B1

4

 

  1. M :  K  :  O  =  4 : 2 : 3                                                                              B1Ö ratio

      Maina’s  = 4/9 X 180

= 80/-                                                                                     B1Ö Omondi’s

      Omondi’s = 60/-                                                                                          and Maina’s

      Difference = Shs.20/-                                                                                   B1 difference

3

  1. (2 + 1/2x)6 = 26 + 6(25) (1/2x + 15 (24) (1/2 x)2 M1

= 64 + 96x + 60x2                                                                     A1

2.46      = (2 + 1/2 (0.8))6

= 64 + 96 (0.8) + 60 (0.64)                                                        M1

= 179.2

@179 to 3 s.f                                                                             A1

 4

  1. P (FF) = 7/20 X 7/20

= 49/100                                                                                                            B1

P (at least one fail) = 1 – P (FI FI FI)

= 1- 13/20   3                                                      M1

= 1 – 2197                                                       M1

8000

= 5803

                                                     8000                                                                        A1

 4

 

  1. grad = term 135

= -1                                                                                                            B1

y  = mx + c

y  = -x + 5                                                                                          B1

 2

 

  1. Volume = 2 x 10,000 x 10,000 x 25 M1Ö x section area

1000                 10                                                            M1Ö conv. to litres

= 500,000 Lts                                                               A1

 3

 

  1. 10a – 6(3a – 7) = 5(a -2) M1

10a – 18a + 42 = 5a – 10

– 13a    = -52                                                                                        M1

a        = 4                                                                                           A1

 3

  1. 2a + 12d = 2

2a + 4d = -10                                                                                              M1

8d   = 12

d   = 11/2                                                                                                   A1

a   = -8                                                                                                     B1

S21  = 21/2 (-16 + 20 X 3/2)                                                                           M1

= 147                                                                                             A1

 5

 

  1. 2 p r = 120 x p x 40 M1

360

r = 6.667 cm                                                                                         A1

h =  Ö 400 – 44.44                                                                                 M1

= 18.86 cm                                                                                          A1

 4

  1. = (w (x – z) – y (x – z)) (w + z) M1Ö factor

(z – w) (z + w)

= (w – y) (x – z) (w + z)                                                             M1Ö grouping

(z – w) (z + w)

= (w – y) (x – z)

z – w                                                                                         A1

 3

 

R

250                                                                                B1Ö sketch

  1. 550

Q  125                                            PR = 4 sin 125                                              M1

Sin 25

A1

30

P                                                                                                          3

  1. (a) <RST = 1800 – 740 = 1060                                                              B1

(b) < RTQ = 900– 740           = 160                                                                B1

< PTR = 460 + 160         = 620                                                                B1

< SUT = 620 – 390         = 230                                                                B1

(c)  Reflex ÐRQT = 180 – 2 x 16

= 180 – 32 = 1480                                                                      B1

Obtuse ROT = 360 – 148 = 2120                                                                   B1

(d)  < PTS = 46 + 180 – 129 = 970                                                                      B1

< PST = 180 – (97 + 39) = 440                                                                      B1

8

(a)  Kshs.350,000 = $ 350,000                                                                           M1

74.75

= $ 4682                                                                                   A1

(b) Balance             = 3/4 x 4682

= $ 3511.5                                                                          B1

$3511.5      = Fr 3511.5 x 74.75                                                                   M1

11.04

= Fr 23780                                                                    A1

Expenditure      = Fr 16 200

Balance            = Fr 7580

(c) Value on arrival = Kshs.7580 X 12.80

= Kshs.97,024

Value on departure        = Kshs.7580 X 11.04                                                              B1 bothÖ

= Kshs.83 683.2

Difference                      = Kshs.97,024 – 83683.2                                         M1

= Kshs.13,340.80                                                   A1

 8

X -2 -1 0 1 2 3
Y -11 0 5 4 -3 -16

B1Övalues

 

y

S1Ö scale

8 —                                                                P1Ö plotting

6 —                                                                C1 Ö curve

4 —

2

 

-2 —    1            2          3                                x

-4 —

-6 —

-8 —                                                        y=2x=2

-10 —

-12 —

-14 —                                                                            x   =-0.53 + 0.1  BI

-16 —                                                                           Nx = 1.87+ 0.1

 

y = 5+2x-3x2 =2-2x                  MI for equation

3x2-4x-4x-3=0                   AI equation

8

x     = -0.53 ± 0.1                                                                     B1

mx   = 1.87 ± 0.1

 

 

y = 5 + 2x – 3x2 = 2 – 2x                               M1 Ö for equation

\ 3×2 – 4x – 3 = 0                                                         MA1 Ö equation

 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.

 

 

 

 

B1 Ö 300

 

R                                                                                                      B1 Ö 2 ^ PQ, QR

B1 Ö 2 ^ bisectors

B1 Ö circle

 

 

9                         Q

 

 

Radius = 4.2 ± 0.1                                                                                 B1Ö radius

Area of circle = 22/7 x 4.22

= 55.44 ± 3 cm2

Area of D PQR = 1/2 x 3.5 x 7.5 sin 30                                                    M1Ö D and circle

= 6.5625 cm2

Difference               = 55.44 – 6.5625                                                                 M1Ö sub

= 48.88 cm2                                                                       A1

 8

  1. Line (i) y/2 + x/5 = 1

5y + 2x = 10                                                                             B1Öequation

5y + 2x = 10                                                                             B1Ö inequality

      Line (ii)      y/4 + x/-3 = 1

3y = 4x + 12                                                                 B1Ö equation

3y < 4x + 12 or 3y – 4x < 12                                          B1Ö inequality

      Line (iii)     grad = -1/3 y inter = 4

3y + x = 12 or 3y = -x + 12                                            B1Ö equation

3y + x < 12                                                       B1Ö inequality

      Line (iv)      y – 3 = -3

x – 3      2

2y + 3x = 15                                                                 B1Ö equation

\         2y + 3x £ 15                                                                 B1Ö equation

  8

CLASS

F x Fx Cf
60 – 64

65 – 69

70 – 79

75 – 79

80 – 84

85 – 89

8

14

18

15

3

2

62

67

72

77

82

87

 496

938

1296

1155

246

174

8

28

40

55

58

60

  Sf = 60       Sfx 3809  

 

B1Ö x column

B1Ö f column

 

 

 

 

(a)  (i)  Modal class   = 70 – 74                                                                    B1Ö model class

(ii) Median class = 70 – 74                                                                    B1Ö median

 

(b)              Mean =  3809

                                         60                                                                           M1

= 63.48                                                                         A1

 

S1Ö scale

B1 Ö blocks

59.5 – 64.5

64.5 – 69.5 e.t.c.

 8

(c)

 

Histogram

 

 

 

20  —

 

 

15  —

 

 

10 – –

 

 

5  —

 

 

 

 

55    60        65        70        75        80        85        90

 

  1. (a) XA = a, YA = 10 – a, YB = 10 – a, CZ = 10 – a = ZB

YZ = 10 – a + 12 – a = 8                                                                         M1

2a = 14

a = 7 cm                                                                                 A1

Cos X = 100 + 144 – 64

240                                                                               M1Ö any angle of the D

= 0.75

X = 41.410

     1/2 X = 20.700                                                                                     A1Ö 1/2 of the angle

 

r = OA = 7tan 20.7                                                                                   B1 Ö radius

= 2.645 cm

Shaded area = 1/2 X 10 X 12 sin 41.41 – 22/7 X 2.6452                                    M1 Ö D & circle

= 39.69 – 21.99

= 17.7 cm2                                                                    A1Ö

 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) 650,000 (0.85)n = 130,000                                                         M1Ö formula

1.15n    = 0.2

n    = log 0.2                                                         M1Ö

log 0.85

1.3010

1.9294

= – 0.6990                                                        M1

– 0.0706

= 9.9 years                                                       A1

(b)  650,000 (1 – r/100) 5 = 325,000                                                                 M1

(1 – r/100) 5 = 0.5

1 – r/100     = 0.5 1/5                                                                   M1

= 0.8706

r/100 = 0.1294                                                                 A1

r    = 12.9 %                                                               B1

 8

MATHEMATICS VI

PART II

MARKING SCHEME

 

SECTION I (52 MARKS)

 

 

  1. = b15      2/5    X    4a6   3/2

32a10                9b4                                                                   M1Ö reciprocal

 

 

=          2a5                                                                                           A1

27                                                                                            2

 

      No.             Log.                

0.375          1.5740 +

cos 75         1.4130

2.9870 _

tan 85.6      1.1138

3.8732 =  4 + 1.8732

2                  2

2.9366

0.0864

 

  1. S. Price =  80   X 600

100

= Shs.480                                                                         B1

Cost Price = x

96x       = 480                                                                            M1

100

x  =   Shs.500                                                                      A1

 3

  1. r2 + hr = A/2p M1

r2 + hr + (h/2)2 = A/2A + h/4                                                                            M1

(r + h/2)2 =  Ö 2A + h2

4p                                                                                        M1

r    = -h/2 ±   Ö2A + h2                                                                            A1

4p                                                                               4

 

  1. (12/3r) (1/3 r) = (1/4 r) (5) M1

4r2 – qr = 0

r(4r – q) = 0                                                                                                 M1

r = 0

or   r  = 2.25                                                                                         A1

 3

 

  1. = 2 (5 + 2Ö3) – 1 (5 – 2Ö3) M1

(5 – 2Ö3) (5 + 2Ö3)

= 10 + 4Ö3 – 5 +2Ö3                                                                                                M1

13

= 5 + 6Ö3                                                                                                    A1

13                                                                                                      3

  1. P = Kq2 + c

6 = 4k + c

16 = 9k + c                                                                                     M1 Ö subtraction

5k = 10

k = 2

c = -2                                                                                                         A1 Ö k and c

      P = 64     2q2 = 66

q  = Ö33

= ± 5.745                                                                                A1

 4

  1. Volume = 1/2 X 8 X 8 sin 120 X 10 M1 Ö area of x-section

      No. of scouts = 32 sin 60 X 10                                                         M1 Ö volume

2.5                                                                               M1

= 110.8

= 110                                                                                        A1

 3

 

  1. Max. error = 2(8.5 + 5.5) – 2(7.5 + 4.5)

2

= 2                                                                                           B1

% error = 2/26 X 100                                                                                 M1

= 7.692%                                                                                  A1

G                                                                          3

 

 

  1. B1 Ö net

 

H             D                             G                       H                                  B1 Ö dimen. FE must be 10cm

 

4cm                                                                                  4cm

 

B1 Ö labelling

E 4cm  A                        12cm      F     10cm    E                                      3

4cm                12cm

E

F

  1. (1 + 2x)6 = 1 + 6(2x) + 15 (2x)2 M1

= 1 + 12x + 60x2                                                                       A1

(1.04)6 = (1 + 2(0.02))6

= 1 + 12 (0.02) + 60(0.02)2                                                        M1

= 1.264                                                                                     A1

 4

 

 

 

 

  1. BT = 10 cm                              B1

CT = 10 sin 40                          M1

= 6.428 m                                 A1

A1 10cm    B                  C                                h = 6.428 + 1.5

1-5                                  = 7.928                                  B1

  4

 

 

  1. A.S.F = 405 2/3  =  27  2/3   =   9                                                                  B1

960           64            10

smaller area = 29  X 120                                                                        M1

164

= 67.5 cm2                                                                                A1

  3

 

  1. Relative speed = (x – 30)km/h B1

2 km     =          2 hrs

(x – 30)km/h      60                                                                             M1

2x – 60 = 120

x = 90 km/h                                                                              A1

  3

  1. 16 Km/h 5 Km/hr

x Km                          (22 – x) Km

x + 22 – x   = 11

16        5           4                                                                                    M1

5x + 352 – 16x = 220                                                                 M1Ö x-multiplication

11x  = 132

x  = 12 km                                                                  A1

  3

 

  1. AP = 2/9 x 12 = 22/3 cm B1 Ö both AP & AQ

      AQ = 5/9 x 12 = 62/3 cm

\ PQ = 62/3 – 22/3 = 4 cm                                                                            B1 Ö C.A.O

  2

 

  1. Taxable income = 115/100 x 8000 M1

= Shs.9200 p. m

= Shs.110,400 p.a                                                                   A1

Tax dues = 10/100 x 39600 + 15/100 x 39600 + 25/100 x 31200                 M1 Ö first 2 slabs

= 3960 + 5940 + 7800                                                               M1 Ö last slab

= Shs.17,700 p.a

= 1475 p.m                                                                               A1

net tax = 1475 – 400

= Shs.1075                                                                             B1 Ö net tax

Total deductions = 1075 + 130

= Shs.1205

net income = 8000 – 1205                                                                      M1

= Shs.6795                                                                   A1

  8

 

 

 

 

 

(a)  P (all correct) = 2/3 x 3/5 x 2/5                                                                  M1

= 12/125                                                              A1

(b)  P (2 correct) = 2/5 x 3/5 x 3/5 + 2/5 x 2/5 X 1/5 + 3/5 x 4/5 x 2/5

                                                                                                                        M1

= 18/125 + 4/125 + 24/125                                         M1

= 46/125                                                              A1

(c) P (at least 2 correct)

= P(2 correct or 3 correct)

= 46/125 + 12/125                                                                           M1

= 46 + 12                                                                                  M1

125

=  58

                                         125                                                                          A1

  8

  1. Old price/pen = 440

x

New price/pen = 494                                                                 B1Öboth expressions

x + 3

440494   = 1.50

x      x + 3                                                                               M1 Ö expression

440(x + 3) – 494x = 1.5x2 + 4.5x                                                M1Ö x-multiplication

x2 + 39x – 880 = 0                                                                     A1 Ö solvable quad. Eqn

x2 + 55x – 16x – 880 = 0                                                 M1 Ö factors or equivalent

(x – 16) (x + 55) = 0

x = -55

or x = 16                                                                                   A1 Ö both values

\ x = 16

difference in purchase = 19 X 1.50                                                        M1

= Shs.28.50                                                           A1

  8

  1. (a) OP = a + 1/4 (b – a) M1

= 3/4 a + 1/4 b                                                                            A1

(b)  PQ = PO + OQ

= –3/4 a – 1/4 b + 1/4 (a – b)                                                          M1

= –1/2 a – 1/2 b                                                                           A1

(c)  QN = QO + ON

= 1/4 (b – a) + 5/3 b                                                              M1

= 23/12 b – 1/4 a                                                                    A1

(d)  PN = PB + BN

= 3/4 (b – a) + 2/3 b                                                               M1

= 17/12 b – 3/4 a                                                                     A1

  8

  1. (a) Volume in 2 days = 22 x 3.5 x 3.5 x 150 x 20 x 3600 M1 Ö area of x-section

7       2        2           1,000,000                                 M1 Ö volume in cm3

= 103.95 m3                                                                  M1 Ö volume in m3

(b)  22 X r2 x 8 = 103.95 x 15   x 7                                                               M1

7                               2

 

r2 = 103.95 x 15 x 7                                                                   M1

                                  2 x 2 2x 8

= 31.01                                                                                     M1

r = 5.568 m                                                                               A1

  8

  1. (a) Ration of needs for A:B = 5:8

A’s share = 5/13 x 16.9 + 1/2 x 13.5                                                          M1

= 13.25 Million                                                                         A1

B’s share = (13.5 + 16.9) – 13.25                                                                        M1

= 13.25                                                                                     M1

  • A’s share 5/13 x 16.9 + 39/50 x 13.5

6.5 + 10.53

= 17.03 m                                                                                 A1

B’s share = 30.4 – 17.03                                                                         M1

= 13.37 Million                                                                         A1

  8

  1. Log V = n Log E = log k
Log V -0.46 -0.13 -0.14 -0.01 0.05
Log E -0.35 -0.21 -0.05 0.07 0.13

B1Ö log V all points

B1Ö log E all points

S1 Ö scale

P1Ö plotting

Log V = n log E + log K                                    L1 Ö line

                                                Log K = 0.08

K = 1.2 ± 0.01                                                  B1 Ö K

N = 0.06/0.06                                                        B1 Ö n

= 1 ± 0.1

\ v = 1.2E                                                       B1Ö v

when E = 0.75, V = 0.9 ± 0.1                            8

  1. (a) T 3 PQR ® PIQIRI

4    PI (0,5), QI (2,2) RI (1,0)

PI QI RI       PII  QII  RII

(b)  4  3    0   2   1   =   15    14   4                                                              M1 Ö

1  2     5   2   0        10     6    1                                                             A1 Ö

 

PII (15,10), QII (14,6), RII (4,1)                                                               B1Ö

(c)  Area s.f = det M

= 5

 

area of PII QII RII = 5 (area PIQIRI)

= 5 X 3.5                                                          M1Ö

= 16.5 cm2                                                        A1

  8

 

 

Form Two End Year Holiday Assignments Free Downloads

Form Two End Year Holiday Assignments Free Downloads

Download free form 2 holiday assignments here free of charge;

F2 AGRIC END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf
F2 BIO END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf
F2 BUS END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf
F2 CHEM END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf
F2 COMP END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf
F2 CRE END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf
F2 ENG END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf
F2 GEO END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf
F2 HIST END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf
F2 HSCI END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf
F2 KIS END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf
F2 MAT END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf
F2 PHY END OF YEAR HOLIDAY ASSIGNMENT.pdf

 

 

More…

 

 

 

HOW AGRICULTURE KCSE EXAMS ARE SET (KNEC GUIDE)

AGRICULTURE (443)

PAPER 1 (90 MKS)

FORM 1 TOPICS

  1. Introduction to Agriculture
  2. Factors influencing Agriculture
  3. Crop production I – Land preparation
  4. Water supply, Irrigation and Drainage
  5. Organic manure
  6. Basic economics – Farm Records

FORM 2 TOPICS

  1. Inorganic fertilizers
  2. Crop production 2 – Planting
  3. Nursery practices
  4. Field practices
  5. Vegetables

FORM 3 TOPICS

  1. Land tenure and Land reforms
  2. Soil and water conservation measures
  3. Weeds and weed control
  4. Crop pests and pest control
  5. Crop diseases and disease control
  6. Specific crops
  • Maize, sorghum, finger millet, bulrush millet, beans, rice
  • Industrial crops – cotton, sugarcane, pyrethrum
  1. Forage crops

FORM 4 TOPICS

  1. Production economics
  2. Farm accounts
  3. Agricultural marketing and organizations
  4. Agro forestry.

PAPER 2 (90 MKS)

FORM 1 TOPICS

  1. Farm tools and equipment
  2. Livestock breeds

FORM 2 TOPICS

  1. Introduction to livestock health
  2. Parasitwes and parasite control
  3. Livestock nutrition

FORM 3 TOPICS

  1. Selection and breeding
  2. Livestock rearing practices
  3. Farm structures
  4. Livestock diseases

FORM 4 TOPICS

  1. Poultry production
  2. Cattle production
  3. Farm power and machinery

 

  1. C. S. E. FORMAT

SECTION A (30 MKS)

State, list, name, give

SECTION B (20 MKS)

Photographs, diagrams,

SECTION C (40 MKS)

Explain, describe, outline, State and explain

Form one exams with marking scheme

Download free Form 1 end term exams with marking schemes. Do not forget to check the Teachers’ Resources Portal for thousands of free teaching materials and exams.

FREE FORM ONE END TERM EXAM PAPERS PLUS MARKING SCHEMES.

FORM ONE FREE ENGLISH EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE ENGLISH MS

FORM ONE FREE KISWAHILI EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE KISWAHILI MS

FORM ONE FREE MATHEMATICS EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE MATHEMATICS MS

FORM ONE FREE BIOLOGY EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE BIOLOGY MS

FORM ONE FREE PHYSICS EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE PHYSICS MS

FORM ONE FREE CHEMISTRY EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE CHEMISTRY MS

FORM ONE FREE HISTORY EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE HISTORY MS

FORM ONE FREE GEOGRAPHY EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE GEOGRAPHY MS

FORM ONE FREE CRE EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE CRE MS

FORM ONE FREE IRE EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE IRE MS

FORM ONE FREE HRE EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE HRE MS

FORM ONE FREE HOME SCIENCE EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE HOME SCIENCE MS

FORM ONE FREE ART & DESIGN EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE ART & DESIGN MS

FORM ONE FREE AGRICULTURE EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE AGRICULTURE MS

FORM ONE FREE WOOD WORK EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE WOOD WORK MS

FORM ONE FREE METAL WORK EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE METAL WORK MS

FORM ONE FREE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION  EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION MS

FORM ONE FREE POWER MECHANICS EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE POWER MECHANICS MS

FORM ONE FREE ELECTRICITY EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE ELECTRICITY MS

FORM ONE FREE DRAWING & DESIGN EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE DRAWING & DESIGN MS

FORM ONE FREE AVIATION TECHNOLOGY EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE AVIATION TECHNOLOGY MS

FORM ONE FREE COMPUTER STUDIES EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE COMPUTER STUDIES MS

FORM ONE FREE FRENCH EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE FRENCH MS

FORM ONE FREE GERMAN EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE GERMAN MS

FORM ONE FREE BUSINESS STUDIES EXAMS

FORM ONE FREE BUSINESS STUDIES MS

POPULAR DOWNLOADS.

Form 1,2,3 and 4 free exams downloads, all subjects- 2021-2023

End of term 1, 2 and 3 Free Exams; Questions plus marking schemes for all forms